diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
75 files changed, 5102 insertions, 502 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile index e69b3d2e7884..87da3478fada 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile | |||
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ | |||
8 | 8 | ||
9 | DOCBOOKS := wanbook.xml z8530book.xml mcabook.xml videobook.xml \ | 9 | DOCBOOKS := wanbook.xml z8530book.xml mcabook.xml videobook.xml \ |
10 | kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \ | 10 | kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \ |
11 | procfs-guide.xml writing_usb_driver.xml scsidrivers.xml \ | 11 | procfs-guide.xml writing_usb_driver.xml \ |
12 | sis900.xml kernel-api.xml journal-api.xml lsm.xml usb.xml \ | 12 | sis900.xml kernel-api.xml journal-api.xml lsm.xml usb.xml \ |
13 | gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml | 13 | gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml |
14 | 14 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl index 757cef8f8491..bb6a0106be11 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl | |||
@@ -338,7 +338,6 @@ X!Earch/i386/kernel/mca.c | |||
338 | X!Iinclude/linux/device.h | 338 | X!Iinclude/linux/device.h |
339 | --> | 339 | --> |
340 | !Edrivers/base/driver.c | 340 | !Edrivers/base/driver.c |
341 | !Edrivers/base/class_simple.c | ||
342 | !Edrivers/base/core.c | 341 | !Edrivers/base/core.c |
343 | !Edrivers/base/firmware_class.c | 342 | !Edrivers/base/firmware_class.c |
344 | !Edrivers/base/transport_class.c | 343 | !Edrivers/base/transport_class.c |
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl index cf2fce7707da..6df1dfd18b65 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl | |||
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ | |||
14 | </authorgroup> | 14 | </authorgroup> |
15 | 15 | ||
16 | <copyright> | 16 | <copyright> |
17 | <year>2003</year> | 17 | <year>2003-2005</year> |
18 | <holder>Jeff Garzik</holder> | 18 | <holder>Jeff Garzik</holder> |
19 | </copyright> | 19 | </copyright> |
20 | 20 | ||
@@ -44,30 +44,38 @@ | |||
44 | 44 | ||
45 | <toc></toc> | 45 | <toc></toc> |
46 | 46 | ||
47 | <chapter id="libataThanks"> | 47 | <chapter id="libataIntroduction"> |
48 | <title>Thanks</title> | 48 | <title>Introduction</title> |
49 | <para> | 49 | <para> |
50 | The bulk of the ATA knowledge comes thanks to long conversations with | 50 | libATA is a library used inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host |
51 | Andre Hedrick (www.linux-ide.org). | 51 | controllers and devices. libATA provides an ATA driver API, class |
52 | transports for ATA and ATAPI devices, and SCSI<->ATA translation | ||
53 | for ATA devices according to the T10 SAT specification. | ||
52 | </para> | 54 | </para> |
53 | <para> | 55 | <para> |
54 | Thanks to Alan Cox for pointing out similarities | 56 | This Guide documents the libATA driver API, library functions, library |
55 | between SATA and SCSI, and in general for motivation to hack on | 57 | internals, and a couple sample ATA low-level drivers. |
56 | libata. | ||
57 | </para> | ||
58 | <para> | ||
59 | libata's device detection | ||
60 | method, ata_pio_devchk, and in general all the early probing was | ||
61 | based on extensive study of Hale Landis's probe/reset code in his | ||
62 | ATADRVR driver (www.ata-atapi.com). | ||
63 | </para> | 58 | </para> |
64 | </chapter> | 59 | </chapter> |
65 | 60 | ||
66 | <chapter id="libataDriverApi"> | 61 | <chapter id="libataDriverApi"> |
67 | <title>libata Driver API</title> | 62 | <title>libata Driver API</title> |
63 | <para> | ||
64 | struct ata_port_operations is defined for every low-level libata | ||
65 | hardware driver, and it controls how the low-level driver | ||
66 | interfaces with the ATA and SCSI layers. | ||
67 | </para> | ||
68 | <para> | ||
69 | FIS-based drivers will hook into the system with ->qc_prep() and | ||
70 | ->qc_issue() high-level hooks. Hardware which behaves in a manner | ||
71 | similar to PCI IDE hardware may utilize several generic helpers, | ||
72 | defining at a bare minimum the bus I/O addresses of the ATA shadow | ||
73 | register blocks. | ||
74 | </para> | ||
68 | <sect1> | 75 | <sect1> |
69 | <title>struct ata_port_operations</title> | 76 | <title>struct ata_port_operations</title> |
70 | 77 | ||
78 | <sect2><title>Disable ATA port</title> | ||
71 | <programlisting> | 79 | <programlisting> |
72 | void (*port_disable) (struct ata_port *); | 80 | void (*port_disable) (struct ata_port *); |
73 | </programlisting> | 81 | </programlisting> |
@@ -78,6 +86,9 @@ void (*port_disable) (struct ata_port *); | |||
78 | unplug). | 86 | unplug). |
79 | </para> | 87 | </para> |
80 | 88 | ||
89 | </sect2> | ||
90 | |||
91 | <sect2><title>Post-IDENTIFY device configuration</title> | ||
81 | <programlisting> | 92 | <programlisting> |
82 | void (*dev_config) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *); | 93 | void (*dev_config) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *); |
83 | </programlisting> | 94 | </programlisting> |
@@ -88,6 +99,9 @@ void (*dev_config) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *); | |||
88 | issue of SET FEATURES - XFER MODE, and prior to operation. | 99 | issue of SET FEATURES - XFER MODE, and prior to operation. |
89 | </para> | 100 | </para> |
90 | 101 | ||
102 | </sect2> | ||
103 | |||
104 | <sect2><title>Set PIO/DMA mode</title> | ||
91 | <programlisting> | 105 | <programlisting> |
92 | void (*set_piomode) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *); | 106 | void (*set_piomode) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *); |
93 | void (*set_dmamode) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *); | 107 | void (*set_dmamode) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *); |
@@ -108,6 +122,9 @@ void (*post_set_mode) (struct ata_port *ap); | |||
108 | ->set_dma_mode() is only called if DMA is possible. | 122 | ->set_dma_mode() is only called if DMA is possible. |
109 | </para> | 123 | </para> |
110 | 124 | ||
125 | </sect2> | ||
126 | |||
127 | <sect2><title>Taskfile read/write</title> | ||
111 | <programlisting> | 128 | <programlisting> |
112 | void (*tf_load) (struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf); | 129 | void (*tf_load) (struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf); |
113 | void (*tf_read) (struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf); | 130 | void (*tf_read) (struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf); |
@@ -120,6 +137,9 @@ void (*tf_read) (struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf); | |||
120 | taskfile register values. | 137 | taskfile register values. |
121 | </para> | 138 | </para> |
122 | 139 | ||
140 | </sect2> | ||
141 | |||
142 | <sect2><title>ATA command execute</title> | ||
123 | <programlisting> | 143 | <programlisting> |
124 | void (*exec_command)(struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf); | 144 | void (*exec_command)(struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf); |
125 | </programlisting> | 145 | </programlisting> |
@@ -129,17 +149,37 @@ void (*exec_command)(struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf); | |||
129 | ->tf_load(), to be initiated in hardware. | 149 | ->tf_load(), to be initiated in hardware. |
130 | </para> | 150 | </para> |
131 | 151 | ||
152 | </sect2> | ||
153 | |||
154 | <sect2><title>Per-cmd ATAPI DMA capabilities filter</title> | ||
155 | <programlisting> | ||
156 | int (*check_atapi_dma) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); | ||
157 | </programlisting> | ||
158 | |||
159 | <para> | ||
160 | Allow low-level driver to filter ATA PACKET commands, returning a status | ||
161 | indicating whether or not it is OK to use DMA for the supplied PACKET | ||
162 | command. | ||
163 | </para> | ||
164 | |||
165 | </sect2> | ||
166 | |||
167 | <sect2><title>Read specific ATA shadow registers</title> | ||
132 | <programlisting> | 168 | <programlisting> |
133 | u8 (*check_status)(struct ata_port *ap); | 169 | u8 (*check_status)(struct ata_port *ap); |
134 | void (*dev_select)(struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int device); | 170 | u8 (*check_altstatus)(struct ata_port *ap); |
171 | u8 (*check_err)(struct ata_port *ap); | ||
135 | </programlisting> | 172 | </programlisting> |
136 | 173 | ||
137 | <para> | 174 | <para> |
138 | Reads the Status ATA shadow register from hardware. On some | 175 | Reads the Status/AltStatus/Error ATA shadow register from |
139 | hardware, this has the side effect of clearing the interrupt | 176 | hardware. On some hardware, reading the Status register has |
140 | condition. | 177 | the side effect of clearing the interrupt condition. |
141 | </para> | 178 | </para> |
142 | 179 | ||
180 | </sect2> | ||
181 | |||
182 | <sect2><title>Select ATA device on bus</title> | ||
143 | <programlisting> | 183 | <programlisting> |
144 | void (*dev_select)(struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int device); | 184 | void (*dev_select)(struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int device); |
145 | </programlisting> | 185 | </programlisting> |
@@ -147,9 +187,13 @@ void (*dev_select)(struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int device); | |||
147 | <para> | 187 | <para> |
148 | Issues the low-level hardware command(s) that causes one of N | 188 | Issues the low-level hardware command(s) that causes one of N |
149 | hardware devices to be considered 'selected' (active and | 189 | hardware devices to be considered 'selected' (active and |
150 | available for use) on the ATA bus. | 190 | available for use) on the ATA bus. This generally has no |
191 | meaning on FIS-based devices. | ||
151 | </para> | 192 | </para> |
152 | 193 | ||
194 | </sect2> | ||
195 | |||
196 | <sect2><title>Reset ATA bus</title> | ||
153 | <programlisting> | 197 | <programlisting> |
154 | void (*phy_reset) (struct ata_port *ap); | 198 | void (*phy_reset) (struct ata_port *ap); |
155 | </programlisting> | 199 | </programlisting> |
@@ -162,17 +206,31 @@ void (*phy_reset) (struct ata_port *ap); | |||
162 | functions ata_bus_reset() or sata_phy_reset() for this hook. | 206 | functions ata_bus_reset() or sata_phy_reset() for this hook. |
163 | </para> | 207 | </para> |
164 | 208 | ||
209 | </sect2> | ||
210 | |||
211 | <sect2><title>Control PCI IDE BMDMA engine</title> | ||
165 | <programlisting> | 212 | <programlisting> |
166 | void (*bmdma_setup) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); | 213 | void (*bmdma_setup) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); |
167 | void (*bmdma_start) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); | 214 | void (*bmdma_start) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); |
215 | void (*bmdma_stop) (struct ata_port *ap); | ||
216 | u8 (*bmdma_status) (struct ata_port *ap); | ||
168 | </programlisting> | 217 | </programlisting> |
169 | 218 | ||
170 | <para> | 219 | <para> |
171 | When setting up an IDE BMDMA transaction, these hooks arm | 220 | When setting up an IDE BMDMA transaction, these hooks arm |
172 | (->bmdma_setup) and fire (->bmdma_start) the hardware's DMA | 221 | (->bmdma_setup), fire (->bmdma_start), and halt (->bmdma_stop) |
173 | engine. | 222 | the hardware's DMA engine. ->bmdma_status is used to read the standard |
223 | PCI IDE DMA Status register. | ||
174 | </para> | 224 | </para> |
175 | 225 | ||
226 | <para> | ||
227 | These hooks are typically either no-ops, or simply not implemented, in | ||
228 | FIS-based drivers. | ||
229 | </para> | ||
230 | |||
231 | </sect2> | ||
232 | |||
233 | <sect2><title>High-level taskfile hooks</title> | ||
176 | <programlisting> | 234 | <programlisting> |
177 | void (*qc_prep) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); | 235 | void (*qc_prep) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); |
178 | int (*qc_issue) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); | 236 | int (*qc_issue) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); |
@@ -190,20 +248,26 @@ int (*qc_issue) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); | |||
190 | ->qc_issue is used to make a command active, once the hardware | 248 | ->qc_issue is used to make a command active, once the hardware |
191 | and S/G tables have been prepared. IDE BMDMA drivers use the | 249 | and S/G tables have been prepared. IDE BMDMA drivers use the |
192 | helper function ata_qc_issue_prot() for taskfile protocol-based | 250 | helper function ata_qc_issue_prot() for taskfile protocol-based |
193 | dispatch. More advanced drivers roll their own ->qc_issue | 251 | dispatch. More advanced drivers implement their own ->qc_issue. |
194 | implementation, using this as the "issue new ATA command to | ||
195 | hardware" hook. | ||
196 | </para> | 252 | </para> |
197 | 253 | ||
254 | </sect2> | ||
255 | |||
256 | <sect2><title>Timeout (error) handling</title> | ||
198 | <programlisting> | 257 | <programlisting> |
199 | void (*eng_timeout) (struct ata_port *ap); | 258 | void (*eng_timeout) (struct ata_port *ap); |
200 | </programlisting> | 259 | </programlisting> |
201 | 260 | ||
202 | <para> | 261 | <para> |
203 | This is a high level error handling function, called from the | 262 | This is a high level error handling function, called from the |
204 | error handling thread, when a command times out. | 263 | error handling thread, when a command times out. Most newer |
264 | hardware will implement its own error handling code here. IDE BMDMA | ||
265 | drivers may use the helper function ata_eng_timeout(). | ||
205 | </para> | 266 | </para> |
206 | 267 | ||
268 | </sect2> | ||
269 | |||
270 | <sect2><title>Hardware interrupt handling</title> | ||
207 | <programlisting> | 271 | <programlisting> |
208 | irqreturn_t (*irq_handler)(int, void *, struct pt_regs *); | 272 | irqreturn_t (*irq_handler)(int, void *, struct pt_regs *); |
209 | void (*irq_clear) (struct ata_port *); | 273 | void (*irq_clear) (struct ata_port *); |
@@ -216,6 +280,9 @@ void (*irq_clear) (struct ata_port *); | |||
216 | is quiet. | 280 | is quiet. |
217 | </para> | 281 | </para> |
218 | 282 | ||
283 | </sect2> | ||
284 | |||
285 | <sect2><title>SATA phy read/write</title> | ||
219 | <programlisting> | 286 | <programlisting> |
220 | u32 (*scr_read) (struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int sc_reg); | 287 | u32 (*scr_read) (struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int sc_reg); |
221 | void (*scr_write) (struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int sc_reg, | 288 | void (*scr_write) (struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int sc_reg, |
@@ -227,6 +294,9 @@ void (*scr_write) (struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int sc_reg, | |||
227 | if ->phy_reset hook called the sata_phy_reset() helper function. | 294 | if ->phy_reset hook called the sata_phy_reset() helper function. |
228 | </para> | 295 | </para> |
229 | 296 | ||
297 | </sect2> | ||
298 | |||
299 | <sect2><title>Init and shutdown</title> | ||
230 | <programlisting> | 300 | <programlisting> |
231 | int (*port_start) (struct ata_port *ap); | 301 | int (*port_start) (struct ata_port *ap); |
232 | void (*port_stop) (struct ata_port *ap); | 302 | void (*port_stop) (struct ata_port *ap); |
@@ -240,15 +310,17 @@ void (*host_stop) (struct ata_host_set *host_set); | |||
240 | tasks. | 310 | tasks. |
241 | </para> | 311 | </para> |
242 | <para> | 312 | <para> |
243 | ->host_stop() is called when the rmmod or hot unplug process | ||
244 | begins. The hook must stop all hardware interrupts, DMA | ||
245 | engines, etc. | ||
246 | </para> | ||
247 | <para> | ||
248 | ->port_stop() is called after ->host_stop(). It's sole function | 313 | ->port_stop() is called after ->host_stop(). It's sole function |
249 | is to release DMA/memory resources, now that they are no longer | 314 | is to release DMA/memory resources, now that they are no longer |
250 | actively being used. | 315 | actively being used. |
251 | </para> | 316 | </para> |
317 | <para> | ||
318 | ->host_stop() is called after all ->port_stop() calls | ||
319 | have completed. The hook must finalize hardware shutdown, release DMA | ||
320 | and other resources, etc. | ||
321 | </para> | ||
322 | |||
323 | </sect2> | ||
252 | 324 | ||
253 | </sect1> | 325 | </sect1> |
254 | </chapter> | 326 | </chapter> |
@@ -279,4 +351,24 @@ void (*host_stop) (struct ata_host_set *host_set); | |||
279 | !Idrivers/scsi/sata_sil.c | 351 | !Idrivers/scsi/sata_sil.c |
280 | </chapter> | 352 | </chapter> |
281 | 353 | ||
354 | <chapter id="libataThanks"> | ||
355 | <title>Thanks</title> | ||
356 | <para> | ||
357 | The bulk of the ATA knowledge comes thanks to long conversations with | ||
358 | Andre Hedrick (www.linux-ide.org), and long hours pondering the ATA | ||
359 | and SCSI specifications. | ||
360 | </para> | ||
361 | <para> | ||
362 | Thanks to Alan Cox for pointing out similarities | ||
363 | between SATA and SCSI, and in general for motivation to hack on | ||
364 | libata. | ||
365 | </para> | ||
366 | <para> | ||
367 | libata's device detection | ||
368 | method, ata_pio_devchk, and in general all the early probing was | ||
369 | based on extensive study of Hale Landis's probe/reset code in his | ||
370 | ATADRVR driver (www.ata-atapi.com). | ||
371 | </para> | ||
372 | </chapter> | ||
373 | |||
282 | </book> | 374 | </book> |
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/scsidrivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/scsidrivers.tmpl deleted file mode 100644 index d058e65daf19..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/scsidrivers.tmpl +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> | ||
2 | <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" | ||
3 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []> | ||
4 | |||
5 | <book id="scsidrivers"> | ||
6 | <bookinfo> | ||
7 | <title>SCSI Subsystem Interfaces</title> | ||
8 | |||
9 | <authorgroup> | ||
10 | <author> | ||
11 | <firstname>Douglas</firstname> | ||
12 | <surname>Gilbert</surname> | ||
13 | <affiliation> | ||
14 | <address> | ||
15 | <email>dgilbert@interlog.com</email> | ||
16 | </address> | ||
17 | </affiliation> | ||
18 | </author> | ||
19 | </authorgroup> | ||
20 | <pubdate>2003-08-11</pubdate> | ||
21 | |||
22 | <copyright> | ||
23 | <year>2002</year> | ||
24 | <year>2003</year> | ||
25 | <holder>Douglas Gilbert</holder> | ||
26 | </copyright> | ||
27 | |||
28 | <legalnotice> | ||
29 | <para> | ||
30 | This documentation is free software; you can redistribute | ||
31 | it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public | ||
32 | License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either | ||
33 | version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later | ||
34 | version. | ||
35 | </para> | ||
36 | |||
37 | <para> | ||
38 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be | ||
39 | useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied | ||
40 | warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. | ||
41 | See the GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
42 | </para> | ||
43 | |||
44 | <para> | ||
45 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public | ||
46 | License along with this program; if not, write to the Free | ||
47 | Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, | ||
48 | MA 02111-1307 USA | ||
49 | </para> | ||
50 | |||
51 | <para> | ||
52 | For more details see the file COPYING in the source | ||
53 | distribution of Linux. | ||
54 | </para> | ||
55 | </legalnotice> | ||
56 | |||
57 | </bookinfo> | ||
58 | |||
59 | <toc></toc> | ||
60 | |||
61 | <chapter id="intro"> | ||
62 | <title>Introduction</title> | ||
63 | <para> | ||
64 | This document outlines the interface between the Linux scsi mid level | ||
65 | and lower level drivers. Lower level drivers are variously called HBA | ||
66 | (host bus adapter) drivers, host drivers (HD) or pseudo adapter drivers. | ||
67 | The latter alludes to the fact that a lower level driver may be a | ||
68 | bridge to another IO subsystem (and the "ide-scsi" driver is an example | ||
69 | of this). There can be many lower level drivers active in a running | ||
70 | system, but only one per hardware type. For example, the aic7xxx driver | ||
71 | controls adaptec controllers based on the 7xxx chip series. Most lower | ||
72 | level drivers can control one or more scsi hosts (a.k.a. scsi initiators). | ||
73 | </para> | ||
74 | <para> | ||
75 | This document can been found in an ASCII text file in the linux kernel | ||
76 | source: <filename>Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt</filename> . | ||
77 | It currently hold a little more information than this document. The | ||
78 | <filename>drivers/scsi/hosts.h</filename> and <filename> | ||
79 | drivers/scsi/scsi.h</filename> headers contain descriptions of members | ||
80 | of important structures for the scsi subsystem. | ||
81 | </para> | ||
82 | </chapter> | ||
83 | |||
84 | <chapter id="driver-struct"> | ||
85 | <title>Driver structure</title> | ||
86 | <para> | ||
87 | Traditionally a lower level driver for the scsi subsystem has been | ||
88 | at least two files in the drivers/scsi directory. For example, a | ||
89 | driver called "xyz" has a header file "xyz.h" and a source file | ||
90 | "xyz.c". [Actually there is no good reason why this couldn't all | ||
91 | be in one file.] Some drivers that have been ported to several operating | ||
92 | systems (e.g. aic7xxx which has separate files for generic and | ||
93 | OS-specific code) have more than two files. Such drivers tend to have | ||
94 | their own directory under the drivers/scsi directory. | ||
95 | </para> | ||
96 | <para> | ||
97 | scsi_module.c is normally included at the end of a lower | ||
98 | level driver. For it to work a declaration like this is needed before | ||
99 | it is included: | ||
100 | <programlisting> | ||
101 | static Scsi_Host_Template driver_template = DRIVER_TEMPLATE; | ||
102 | /* DRIVER_TEMPLATE should contain pointers to supported interface | ||
103 | functions. Scsi_Host_Template is defined hosts.h */ | ||
104 | #include "scsi_module.c" | ||
105 | </programlisting> | ||
106 | </para> | ||
107 | <para> | ||
108 | The scsi_module.c assumes the name "driver_template" is appropriately | ||
109 | defined. It contains 2 functions: | ||
110 | <orderedlist> | ||
111 | <listitem><para> | ||
112 | init_this_scsi_driver() called during builtin and module driver | ||
113 | initialization: invokes mid level's scsi_register_host() | ||
114 | </para></listitem> | ||
115 | <listitem><para> | ||
116 | exit_this_scsi_driver() called during closedown: invokes | ||
117 | mid level's scsi_unregister_host() | ||
118 | </para></listitem> | ||
119 | </orderedlist> | ||
120 | </para> | ||
121 | <para> | ||
122 | When a new, lower level driver is being added to Linux, the following | ||
123 | files (all found in the drivers/scsi directory) will need some attention: | ||
124 | Makefile, Config.help and Config.in . It is probably best to look at what | ||
125 | an existing lower level driver does in this regard. | ||
126 | </para> | ||
127 | </chapter> | ||
128 | |||
129 | <chapter id="intfunctions"> | ||
130 | <title>Interface Functions</title> | ||
131 | !EDocumentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt | ||
132 | </chapter> | ||
133 | |||
134 | <chapter id="locks"> | ||
135 | <title>Locks</title> | ||
136 | <para> | ||
137 | Each Scsi_Host instance has a spin_lock called Scsi_Host::default_lock | ||
138 | which is initialized in scsi_register() [found in hosts.c]. Within the | ||
139 | same function the Scsi_Host::host_lock pointer is initialized to point | ||
140 | at default_lock with the scsi_assign_lock() function. Thereafter | ||
141 | lock and unlock operations performed by the mid level use the | ||
142 | Scsi_Host::host_lock pointer. | ||
143 | </para> | ||
144 | <para> | ||
145 | Lower level drivers can override the use of Scsi_Host::default_lock by | ||
146 | using scsi_assign_lock(). The earliest opportunity to do this would | ||
147 | be in the detect() function after it has invoked scsi_register(). It | ||
148 | could be replaced by a coarser grain lock (e.g. per driver) or a | ||
149 | lock of equal granularity (i.e. per host). Using finer grain locks | ||
150 | (e.g. per scsi device) may be possible by juggling locks in | ||
151 | queuecommand(). | ||
152 | </para> | ||
153 | </chapter> | ||
154 | |||
155 | <chapter id="changes"> | ||
156 | <title>Changes since lk 2.4 series</title> | ||
157 | <para> | ||
158 | io_request_lock has been replaced by several finer grained locks. The lock | ||
159 | relevant to lower level drivers is Scsi_Host::host_lock and there is one | ||
160 | per scsi host. | ||
161 | </para> | ||
162 | <para> | ||
163 | The older error handling mechanism has been removed. This means the | ||
164 | lower level interface functions abort() and reset() have been removed. | ||
165 | </para> | ||
166 | <para> | ||
167 | In the 2.4 series the scsi subsystem configuration descriptions were | ||
168 | aggregated with the configuration descriptions from all other Linux | ||
169 | subsystems in the Documentation/Configure.help file. In the 2.5 series, | ||
170 | the scsi subsystem now has its own (much smaller) drivers/scsi/Config.help | ||
171 | file. | ||
172 | </para> | ||
173 | </chapter> | ||
174 | |||
175 | <chapter id="credits"> | ||
176 | <title>Credits</title> | ||
177 | <para> | ||
178 | The following people have contributed to this document: | ||
179 | <orderedlist> | ||
180 | <listitem><para> | ||
181 | Mike Anderson <email>andmike@us.ibm.com</email> | ||
182 | </para></listitem> | ||
183 | <listitem><para> | ||
184 | James Bottomley <email>James.Bottomley@steeleye.com</email> | ||
185 | </para></listitem> | ||
186 | <listitem><para> | ||
187 | Patrick Mansfield <email>patmans@us.ibm.com</email> | ||
188 | </para></listitem> | ||
189 | </orderedlist> | ||
190 | </para> | ||
191 | </chapter> | ||
192 | |||
193 | </book> | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches index 9838d32b2fe7..4d35562b1cf9 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches | |||
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ patch, which certifies that you wrote it or otherwise have the right to | |||
271 | pass it on as a open-source patch. The rules are pretty simple: if you | 271 | pass it on as a open-source patch. The rules are pretty simple: if you |
272 | can certify the below: | 272 | can certify the below: |
273 | 273 | ||
274 | Developer's Certificate of Origin 1.0 | 274 | Developer's Certificate of Origin 1.1 |
275 | 275 | ||
276 | By making a contribution to this project, I certify that: | 276 | By making a contribution to this project, I certify that: |
277 | 277 | ||
@@ -291,6 +291,12 @@ can certify the below: | |||
291 | person who certified (a), (b) or (c) and I have not modified | 291 | person who certified (a), (b) or (c) and I have not modified |
292 | it. | 292 | it. |
293 | 293 | ||
294 | (d) I understand and agree that this project and the contribution | ||
295 | are public and that a record of the contribution (including all | ||
296 | personal information I submit with it, including my sign-off) is | ||
297 | maintained indefinitely and may be redistributed consistent with | ||
298 | this project or the open source license(s) involved. | ||
299 | |||
294 | then you just add a line saying | 300 | then you just add a line saying |
295 | 301 | ||
296 | Signed-off-by: Random J Developer <random@developer.org> | 302 | Signed-off-by: Random J Developer <random@developer.org> |
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e2d1e760b4ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ | |||
1 | |||
2 | CPU frequency and voltage scaling statictics in the Linux(TM) kernel | ||
3 | |||
4 | |||
5 | L i n u x c p u f r e q - s t a t s d r i v e r | ||
6 | |||
7 | - information for users - | ||
8 | |||
9 | |||
10 | Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com> | ||
11 | |||
12 | Contents | ||
13 | 1. Introduction | ||
14 | 2. Statistics Provided (with example) | ||
15 | 3. Configuring cpufreq-stats | ||
16 | |||
17 | |||
18 | 1. Introduction | ||
19 | |||
20 | cpufreq-stats is a driver that provices CPU frequency statistics for each CPU. | ||
21 | This statistics is provided in /sysfs as a bunch of read_only interfaces. This | ||
22 | interface (when configured) will appear in a seperate directory under cpufreq | ||
23 | in /sysfs (<sysfs root>/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/stats/) for each CPU. | ||
24 | Various statistics will form read_only files under this directory. | ||
25 | |||
26 | This driver is designed to be independent of any particular cpufreq_driver | ||
27 | that may be running on your CPU. So, it will work with any cpufreq_driver. | ||
28 | |||
29 | |||
30 | 2. Statistics Provided (with example) | ||
31 | |||
32 | cpufreq stats provides following statistics (explained in detail below). | ||
33 | - time_in_state | ||
34 | - total_trans | ||
35 | - trans_table | ||
36 | |||
37 | All the statistics will be from the time the stats driver has been inserted | ||
38 | to the time when a read of a particular statistic is done. Obviously, stats | ||
39 | driver will not have any information about the the frequcny transitions before | ||
40 | the stats driver insertion. | ||
41 | |||
42 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
43 | <mysystem>:/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/stats # ls -l | ||
44 | total 0 | ||
45 | drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 May 14 16:06 . | ||
46 | drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 May 14 15:58 .. | ||
47 | -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 May 14 16:06 time_in_state | ||
48 | -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 May 14 16:06 total_trans | ||
49 | -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 May 14 16:06 trans_table | ||
50 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
51 | |||
52 | - time_in_state | ||
53 | This gives the amount of time spent in each of the frequencies supported by | ||
54 | this CPU. The cat output will have "<frequency> <time>" pair in each line, which | ||
55 | will mean this CPU spent <time> usertime units of time at <frequency>. Output | ||
56 | will have one line for each of the supported freuencies. usertime units here | ||
57 | is 10mS (similar to other time exported in /proc). | ||
58 | |||
59 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
60 | <mysystem>:/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/stats # cat time_in_state | ||
61 | 3600000 2089 | ||
62 | 3400000 136 | ||
63 | 3200000 34 | ||
64 | 3000000 67 | ||
65 | 2800000 172488 | ||
66 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
67 | |||
68 | |||
69 | - total_trans | ||
70 | This gives the total number of frequency transitions on this CPU. The cat | ||
71 | output will have a single count which is the total number of frequency | ||
72 | transitions. | ||
73 | |||
74 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
75 | <mysystem>:/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/stats # cat total_trans | ||
76 | 20 | ||
77 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
78 | |||
79 | - trans_table | ||
80 | This will give a fine grained information about all the CPU frequency | ||
81 | transitions. The cat output here is a two dimensional matrix, where an entry | ||
82 | <i,j> (row i, column j) represents the count of number of transitions from | ||
83 | Freq_i to Freq_j. Freq_i is in descending order with increasing rows and | ||
84 | Freq_j is in descending order with increasing columns. The output here also | ||
85 | contains the actual freq values for each row and column for better readability. | ||
86 | |||
87 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
88 | <mysystem>:/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/stats # cat trans_table | ||
89 | From : To | ||
90 | : 3600000 3400000 3200000 3000000 2800000 | ||
91 | 3600000: 0 5 0 0 0 | ||
92 | 3400000: 4 0 2 0 0 | ||
93 | 3200000: 0 1 0 2 0 | ||
94 | 3000000: 0 0 1 0 3 | ||
95 | 2800000: 0 0 0 2 0 | ||
96 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
97 | |||
98 | |||
99 | 3. Configuring cpufreq-stats | ||
100 | |||
101 | To configure cpufreq-stats in your kernel | ||
102 | Config Main Menu | ||
103 | Power management options (ACPI, APM) ---> | ||
104 | CPU Frequency scaling ---> | ||
105 | [*] CPU Frequency scaling | ||
106 | <*> CPU frequency translation statistics | ||
107 | [*] CPU frequency translation statistics details | ||
108 | |||
109 | |||
110 | "CPU Frequency scaling" (CONFIG_CPU_FREQ) should be enabled to configure | ||
111 | cpufreq-stats. | ||
112 | |||
113 | "CPU frequency translation statistics" (CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_STAT) provides the | ||
114 | basic statistics which includes time_in_state and total_trans. | ||
115 | |||
116 | "CPU frequency translation statistics details" (CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_STAT_DETAILS) | ||
117 | provides fine grained cpufreq stats by trans_table. The reason for having a | ||
118 | seperate config option for trans_table is: | ||
119 | - trans_table goes against the traditional /sysfs rule of one value per | ||
120 | interface. It provides a whole bunch of value in a 2 dimensional matrix | ||
121 | form. | ||
122 | |||
123 | Once these two options are enabled and your CPU supports cpufrequency, you | ||
124 | will be able to see the CPU frequency statistics in /sysfs. | ||
125 | |||
126 | |||
127 | |||
128 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/cpusets.txt b/Documentation/cpusets.txt index 1ad26d2c20ae..2f8f24eaefd9 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpusets.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpusets.txt | |||
@@ -252,8 +252,7 @@ in a tasks processor placement. | |||
252 | There is an exception to the above. If hotplug funtionality is used | 252 | There is an exception to the above. If hotplug funtionality is used |
253 | to remove all the CPUs that are currently assigned to a cpuset, | 253 | to remove all the CPUs that are currently assigned to a cpuset, |
254 | then the kernel will automatically update the cpus_allowed of all | 254 | then the kernel will automatically update the cpus_allowed of all |
255 | tasks attached to CPUs in that cpuset with the online CPUs of the | 255 | tasks attached to CPUs in that cpuset to allow all CPUs. When memory |
256 | nearest parent cpuset that still has some CPUs online. When memory | ||
257 | hotplug functionality for removing Memory Nodes is available, a | 256 | hotplug functionality for removing Memory Nodes is available, a |
258 | similar exception is expected to apply there as well. In general, | 257 | similar exception is expected to apply there as well. In general, |
259 | the kernel prefers to violate cpuset placement, over starving a task | 258 | the kernel prefers to violate cpuset placement, over starving a task |
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/device.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/device.txt index 58cc5dc8fd3e..a05ec50f8004 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/device.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/device.txt | |||
@@ -76,6 +76,14 @@ driver_data: Driver-specific data. | |||
76 | 76 | ||
77 | platform_data: Platform data specific to the device. | 77 | platform_data: Platform data specific to the device. |
78 | 78 | ||
79 | Example: for devices on custom boards, as typical of embedded | ||
80 | and SOC based hardware, Linux often uses platform_data to point | ||
81 | to board-specific structures describing devices and how they | ||
82 | are wired. That can include what ports are available, chip | ||
83 | variants, which GPIO pins act in what additional roles, and so | ||
84 | on. This shrinks the "Board Support Packages" (BSPs) and | ||
85 | minimizes board-specific #ifdefs in drivers. | ||
86 | |||
79 | current_state: Current power state of the device. | 87 | current_state: Current power state of the device. |
80 | 88 | ||
81 | saved_state: Pointer to saved state of the device. This is usable by | 89 | saved_state: Pointer to saved state of the device. This is usable by |
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt index 6031a68dd3f5..fabaca1ab1b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt | |||
@@ -5,21 +5,17 @@ struct device_driver { | |||
5 | char * name; | 5 | char * name; |
6 | struct bus_type * bus; | 6 | struct bus_type * bus; |
7 | 7 | ||
8 | rwlock_t lock; | 8 | struct completion unloaded; |
9 | atomic_t refcount; | 9 | struct kobject kobj; |
10 | |||
11 | list_t bus_list; | ||
12 | list_t devices; | 10 | list_t devices; |
13 | 11 | ||
14 | struct driver_dir_entry dir; | 12 | struct module *owner; |
15 | 13 | ||
16 | int (*probe) (struct device * dev); | 14 | int (*probe) (struct device * dev); |
17 | int (*remove) (struct device * dev); | 15 | int (*remove) (struct device * dev); |
18 | 16 | ||
19 | int (*suspend) (struct device * dev, pm_message_t state, u32 level); | 17 | int (*suspend) (struct device * dev, pm_message_t state, u32 level); |
20 | int (*resume) (struct device * dev, u32 level); | 18 | int (*resume) (struct device * dev, u32 level); |
21 | |||
22 | void (*release) (struct device_driver * drv); | ||
23 | }; | 19 | }; |
24 | 20 | ||
25 | 21 | ||
@@ -51,7 +47,6 @@ being converted completely to the new model. | |||
51 | static struct device_driver eepro100_driver = { | 47 | static struct device_driver eepro100_driver = { |
52 | .name = "eepro100", | 48 | .name = "eepro100", |
53 | .bus = &pci_bus_type, | 49 | .bus = &pci_bus_type, |
54 | .devclass = ðernet_devclass, /* when it's implemented */ | ||
55 | 50 | ||
56 | .probe = eepro100_probe, | 51 | .probe = eepro100_probe, |
57 | .remove = eepro100_remove, | 52 | .remove = eepro100_remove, |
@@ -85,7 +80,6 @@ static struct pci_driver eepro100_driver = { | |||
85 | .driver = { | 80 | .driver = { |
86 | .name = "eepro100", | 81 | .name = "eepro100", |
87 | .bus = &pci_bus_type, | 82 | .bus = &pci_bus_type, |
88 | .devclass = ðernet_devclass, /* when it's implemented */ | ||
89 | .probe = eepro100_probe, | 83 | .probe = eepro100_probe, |
90 | .remove = eepro100_remove, | 84 | .remove = eepro100_remove, |
91 | .suspend = eepro100_suspend, | 85 | .suspend = eepro100_suspend, |
@@ -166,27 +160,32 @@ Callbacks | |||
166 | 160 | ||
167 | int (*probe) (struct device * dev); | 161 | int (*probe) (struct device * dev); |
168 | 162 | ||
169 | probe is called to verify the existence of a certain type of | 163 | The probe() entry is called in task context, with the bus's rwsem locked |
170 | hardware. This is called during the driver binding process, after the | 164 | and the driver partially bound to the device. Drivers commonly use |
171 | bus has verified that the device ID of a device matches one of the | 165 | container_of() to convert "dev" to a bus-specific type, both in probe() |
172 | device IDs supported by the driver. | 166 | and other routines. That type often provides device resource data, such |
173 | 167 | as pci_dev.resource[] or platform_device.resources, which is used in | |
174 | This callback only verifies that there actually is supported hardware | 168 | addition to dev->platform_data to initialize the driver. |
175 | present. It may allocate a driver-specific structure, but it should | 169 | |
176 | not do any initialization of the hardware itself. The device-specific | 170 | This callback holds the driver-specific logic to bind the driver to a |
177 | structure may be stored in the device's driver_data field. | 171 | given device. That includes verifying that the device is present, that |
178 | 172 | it's a version the driver can handle, that driver data structures can | |
179 | int (*init) (struct device * dev); | 173 | be allocated and initialized, and that any hardware can be initialized. |
180 | 174 | Drivers often store a pointer to their state with dev_set_drvdata(). | |
181 | init is called during the binding stage. It is called after probe has | 175 | When the driver has successfully bound itself to that device, then probe() |
182 | successfully returned and the device has been registered with its | 176 | returns zero and the driver model code will finish its part of binding |
183 | class. It is responsible for initializing the hardware. | 177 | the driver to that device. |
178 | |||
179 | A driver's probe() may return a negative errno value to indicate that | ||
180 | the driver did not bind to this device, in which case it should have | ||
181 | released all reasources it allocated. | ||
184 | 182 | ||
185 | int (*remove) (struct device * dev); | 183 | int (*remove) (struct device * dev); |
186 | 184 | ||
187 | remove is called to dissociate a driver with a device. This may be | 185 | remove is called to unbind a driver from a device. This may be |
188 | called if a device is physically removed from the system, if the | 186 | called if a device is physically removed from the system, if the |
189 | driver module is being unloaded, or during a reboot sequence. | 187 | driver module is being unloaded, during a reboot sequence, or |
188 | in other cases. | ||
190 | 189 | ||
191 | It is up to the driver to determine if the device is present or | 190 | It is up to the driver to determine if the device is present or |
192 | not. It should free any resources allocated specifically for the | 191 | not. It should free any resources allocated specifically for the |
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/README.flexcop b/Documentation/dvb/README.flexcop new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a50c70f9ca72 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/dvb/README.flexcop | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ | |||
1 | This README escorted the skystar2-driver rewriting procedure. It describes the | ||
2 | state of the new flexcop-driver set and some internals are written down here | ||
3 | too. | ||
4 | |||
5 | This document hopefully describes things about the flexcop and its | ||
6 | device-offsprings. Goal was to write an easy-to-write and easy-to-read set of | ||
7 | drivers based on the skystar2.c and other information. | ||
8 | |||
9 | Remark: flexcop-pci.c was a copy of skystar2.c, but every line has been | ||
10 | touched and rewritten. | ||
11 | |||
12 | History & News | ||
13 | ============== | ||
14 | 2005-04-01 - correct USB ISOC transfers (thanks to Vadim Catana) | ||
15 | |||
16 | |||
17 | |||
18 | |||
19 | General coding processing | ||
20 | ========================= | ||
21 | |||
22 | We should proceed as follows (as long as no one complains): | ||
23 | |||
24 | 0) Think before start writing code! | ||
25 | |||
26 | 1) rewriting the skystar2.c with the help of the flexcop register descriptions | ||
27 | and splitting up the files to a pci-bus-part and a flexcop-part. | ||
28 | The new driver will be called b2c2-flexcop-pci.ko/b2c2-flexcop-usb.ko for the | ||
29 | device-specific part and b2c2-flexcop.ko for the common flexcop-functions. | ||
30 | |||
31 | 2) Search for errors in the leftover of flexcop-pci.c (compare with pluto2.c | ||
32 | and other pci drivers) | ||
33 | |||
34 | 3) make some beautification (see 'Improvements when rewriting (refactoring) is | ||
35 | done') | ||
36 | |||
37 | 4) Testing the new driver and maybe substitute the skystar2.c with it, to reach | ||
38 | a wider tester audience. | ||
39 | |||
40 | 5) creating an usb-bus-part using the already written flexcop code for the pci | ||
41 | card. | ||
42 | |||
43 | Idea: create a kernel-object for the flexcop and export all important | ||
44 | functions. This option saves kernel-memory, but maybe a lot of functions have | ||
45 | to be exported to kernel namespace. | ||
46 | |||
47 | |||
48 | Current situation | ||
49 | ================= | ||
50 | |||
51 | 0) Done :) | ||
52 | 1) Done (some minor issues left) | ||
53 | 2) Done | ||
54 | 3) Not ready yet, more information is necessary | ||
55 | 4) next to be done (see the table below) | ||
56 | 5) USB driver is working (yes, there are some minor issues) | ||
57 | |||
58 | What seems to be ready? | ||
59 | ----------------------- | ||
60 | |||
61 | 1) Rewriting | ||
62 | 1a) i2c is cut off from the flexcop-pci.c and seems to work | ||
63 | 1b) moved tuner and demod stuff from flexcop-pci.c to flexcop-tuner-fe.c | ||
64 | 1c) moved lnb and diseqc stuff from flexcop-pci.c to flexcop-tuner-fe.c | ||
65 | 1e) eeprom (reading MAC address) | ||
66 | 1d) sram (no dynamic sll size detection (commented out) (using default as JJ told me)) | ||
67 | 1f) misc. register accesses for reading parameters (e.g. resetting, revision) | ||
68 | 1g) pid/mac filter (flexcop-hw-filter.c) | ||
69 | 1i) dvb-stuff initialization in flexcop.c (done) | ||
70 | 1h) dma stuff (now just using the size-irq, instead of all-together, to be done) | ||
71 | 1j) remove flexcop initialization from flexcop-pci.c completely (done) | ||
72 | 1l) use a well working dma IRQ method (done, see 'Known bugs and problems and TODO') | ||
73 | 1k) cleanup flexcop-files (remove unused EXPORT_SYMBOLs, make static from | ||
74 | non-static where possible, moved code to proper places) | ||
75 | |||
76 | 2) Search for errors in the leftover of flexcop-pci.c (partially done) | ||
77 | 5a) add MAC address reading | ||
78 | 5c) feeding of ISOC data to the software demux (format of the isochronous data | ||
79 | and speed optimization, no real error) (thanks to Vadim Catana) | ||
80 | |||
81 | What to do in the near future? | ||
82 | -------------------------------------- | ||
83 | (no special order here) | ||
84 | |||
85 | 5) USB driver | ||
86 | 5b) optimize isoc-transfer (submitting/killing isoc URBs when transfer is starting) | ||
87 | |||
88 | Testing changes | ||
89 | --------------- | ||
90 | |||
91 | O = item is working | ||
92 | P = item is partially working | ||
93 | X = item is not working | ||
94 | N = item does not apply here | ||
95 | <empty field> = item need to be examined | ||
96 | |||
97 | | PCI | USB | ||
98 | item | mt352 | nxt2002 | stv0299 | mt312 | mt352 | nxt2002 | stv0299 | mt312 | ||
99 | -------+-------+---------+---------+-------+-------+---------+---------+------- | ||
100 | 1a) | O | | | | N | N | N | N | ||
101 | 1b) | O | | | | | | O | | ||
102 | 1c) | N | N | | | N | N | O | | ||
103 | 1d) | O | O | ||
104 | 1e) | O | O | ||
105 | 1f) | P | ||
106 | 1g) | O | ||
107 | 1h) | P | | ||
108 | 1i) | O | N | ||
109 | 1j) | O | N | ||
110 | 1l) | O | N | ||
111 | 2) | O | N | ||
112 | 5a) | N | O | ||
113 | 5b)* | N | | ||
114 | 5c) | N | O | ||
115 | |||
116 | * - not done yet | ||
117 | |||
118 | Known bugs and problems and TODO | ||
119 | -------------------------------- | ||
120 | |||
121 | 1g/h/l) when pid filtering is enabled on the pci card | ||
122 | |||
123 | DMA usage currently: | ||
124 | The DMA is splitted in 2 equal-sized subbuffers. The Flexcop writes to first | ||
125 | address and triggers an IRQ when it's full and starts writing to the second | ||
126 | address. When the second address is full, the IRQ is triggered again, and | ||
127 | the flexcop writes to first address again, and so on. | ||
128 | The buffersize of each address is currently 640*188 bytes. | ||
129 | |||
130 | Problem is, when using hw-pid-filtering and doing some low-bandwidth | ||
131 | operation (like scanning) the buffers won't be filled enough to trigger | ||
132 | the IRQ. That's why: | ||
133 | |||
134 | When PID filtering is activated, the timer IRQ is used. Every 1.97 ms the IRQ | ||
135 | is triggered. Is the current write address of DMA1 different to the one | ||
136 | during the last IRQ, then the data is passed to the demuxer. | ||
137 | |||
138 | There is an additional DMA-IRQ-method: packet count IRQ. This isn't | ||
139 | implemented correctly yet. | ||
140 | |||
141 | The solution is to disable HW PID filtering, but I don't know how the DVB | ||
142 | API software demux behaves on slow systems with 45MBit/s TS. | ||
143 | |||
144 | Solved bugs :) | ||
145 | -------------- | ||
146 | 1g) pid-filtering (somehow pid index 4 and 5 (EMM_PID and ECM_PID) aren't | ||
147 | working) | ||
148 | SOLUTION: also index 0 was affected, because net_translation is done for | ||
149 | these indexes by default | ||
150 | |||
151 | 5b) isochronous transfer does only work in the first attempt (for the Sky2PC | ||
152 | USB, Air2PC is working) SOLUTION: the flexcop was going asleep and never really | ||
153 | woke up again (don't know if this need fixes, see | ||
154 | flexcop-fe-tuner.c:flexcop_sleep) | ||
155 | |||
156 | NEWS: when the driver is loaded and unloaded and loaded again (w/o doing | ||
157 | anything in the while the driver is loaded the first time), no transfers take | ||
158 | place anymore. | ||
159 | |||
160 | Improvements when rewriting (refactoring) is done | ||
161 | ================================================= | ||
162 | |||
163 | - split sleeping of the flexcop (misc_204.ACPI3_sig = 1;) from lnb_control | ||
164 | (enable sleeping for other demods than dvb-s) | ||
165 | - add support for CableStar (stv0297 Microtune 203x/ALPS) (almost done, incompatibilities with the Nexus-CA) | ||
166 | |||
167 | Debugging | ||
168 | --------- | ||
169 | - add verbose debugging to skystar2.c (dump the reg_dw_data) and compare it | ||
170 | with this flexcop, this is important, because i2c is now using the | ||
171 | flexcop_ibi_value union from flexcop-reg.h (do you have a better idea for | ||
172 | that, please tell us so). | ||
173 | |||
174 | Everything which is identical in the following table, can be put into a common | ||
175 | flexcop-module. | ||
176 | |||
177 | PCI USB | ||
178 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
179 | Different: | ||
180 | Register access: accessing IO memory USB control message | ||
181 | I2C bus: I2C bus of the FC USB control message | ||
182 | Data transfer: DMA isochronous transfer | ||
183 | EEPROM transfer: through i2c bus not clear yet | ||
184 | |||
185 | Identical: | ||
186 | Streaming: accessing registers | ||
187 | PID Filtering: accessing registers | ||
188 | Sram destinations: accessing registers | ||
189 | Tuner/Demod: I2C bus | ||
190 | DVB-stuff: can be written for common use | ||
191 | |||
192 | Acknowledgements (just for the rewriting part) | ||
193 | ================ | ||
194 | |||
195 | Bjarne Steinsbo thought a lot in the first place of the pci part for this code | ||
196 | sharing idea. | ||
197 | |||
198 | Andreas Oberritter for providing a recent PCI initialization template | ||
199 | (pluto2.c). | ||
200 | |||
201 | Boleslaw Ciesielski for pointing out a problem with firmware loader. | ||
202 | |||
203 | Vadim Catana for correcting the USB transfer. | ||
204 | |||
205 | comments, critics and ideas to linux-dvb@linuxtv.org. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/bt8xx.txt b/Documentation/dvb/bt8xx.txt index e3cacf4f2345..d64430bf4bb6 100644 --- a/Documentation/dvb/bt8xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/dvb/bt8xx.txt | |||
@@ -17,74 +17,53 @@ Because of this, you need to enable | |||
17 | "Device drivers" => "Multimedia devices" | 17 | "Device drivers" => "Multimedia devices" |
18 | => "Video For Linux" => "BT848 Video For Linux" | 18 | => "Video For Linux" => "BT848 Video For Linux" |
19 | 19 | ||
20 | Furthermore you need to enable | ||
21 | "Device drivers" => "Multimedia devices" => "Digital Video Broadcasting Devices" | ||
22 | => "DVB for Linux" "DVB Core Support" "Nebula/Pinnacle PCTV/TwinHan PCI Cards" | ||
23 | |||
20 | 2) Loading Modules | 24 | 2) Loading Modules |
21 | ================== | 25 | ================== |
22 | 26 | ||
23 | In general you need to load the bttv driver, which will handle the gpio and | 27 | In general you need to load the bttv driver, which will handle the gpio and |
24 | i2c communication for us. Next you need the common dvb-bt8xx device driver | 28 | i2c communication for us, plus the common dvb-bt8xx device driver. |
25 | and one frontend driver. | 29 | The frontends for Nebula (nxt6000), Pinnacle PCTV (cx24110) and |
26 | 30 | TwinHan (dst) are loaded automatically by the dvb-bt8xx device driver. | |
27 | The bttv driver will HANG YOUR SYSTEM IF YOU DO NOT SPECIFY THE CORRECT | ||
28 | CARD ID! | ||
29 | |||
30 | (If you don't get your card running and you suspect that the card id you're | ||
31 | using is wrong, have a look at "bttv-cards.c" for a list of possible card | ||
32 | ids.) | ||
33 | |||
34 | Pay attention to failures when you load the frontend drivers | ||
35 | (e.g. dmesg, /var/log/messages). | ||
36 | 31 | ||
37 | 3a) Nebula / Pinnacle PCTV | 32 | 3a) Nebula / Pinnacle PCTV |
38 | -------------------------- | 33 | -------------------------- |
39 | 34 | ||
40 | $ modprobe bttv i2c_hw=1 card=0x68 | 35 | $ modprobe bttv (normally bttv is being loaded automatically by kmod) |
41 | $ modprobe dvb-bt8xx | 36 | $ modprobe dvb-bt8xx (or just place dvb-bt8xx in /etc/modules for automatic loading) |
42 | |||
43 | For Nebula cards use the "nxt6000" frontend driver: | ||
44 | $ modprobe nxt6000 | ||
45 | 37 | ||
46 | For Pinnacle PCTV cards use the "cx24110" frontend driver: | ||
47 | $ modprobe cx24110 | ||
48 | 38 | ||
49 | 3b) TwinHan | 39 | 3b) TwinHan and Clones |
50 | ----------- | 40 | -------------------------- |
51 | 41 | ||
52 | $ modprobe bttv i2c_hw=1 card=0x71 | 42 | $ modprobe bttv i2c_hw=1 card=0x71 |
53 | $ modprobe dvb-bt8xx | 43 | $ modprobe dvb-bt8xx |
54 | $ modprobe dst | 44 | $ modprobe dst |
55 | 45 | ||
56 | The value 0x71 will override the PCI type detection for dvb-bt8xx, which | 46 | The value 0x71 will override the PCI type detection for dvb-bt8xx, |
57 | is necessary for TwinHan cards.# | 47 | which is necessary for TwinHan cards. |
58 | 48 | ||
59 | If you're having an older card (blue color circuit) and card=0x71 locks your | 49 | If you're having an older card (blue color circuit) and card=0x71 locks |
60 | machine, try using 0x68, too. If that does not work, ask on the DVB mailing list. | 50 | your machine, try using 0x68, too. If that does not work, ask on the |
51 | mailing list. | ||
61 | 52 | ||
62 | The DST module takes a couple of useful parameters, in case the | 53 | The DST module takes a couple of useful parameters. |
63 | dst drivers fails to detect your type of card correctly. | ||
64 | 54 | ||
65 | dst_type takes values 0 (satellite), 1 (terrestial TV), 2 (cable). | 55 | verbose takes values 0 to 5. These values control the verbosity level. |
66 | 56 | ||
67 | dst_type_flags takes bit combined values: | 57 | debug takes values 0 and 1. You can either disable or enable debugging. |
68 | 1 = new tuner type packets. You can use this if your card is detected | ||
69 | and you have debug and you continually see the tuner packets not | ||
70 | working (make sure not a basic problem like dish alignment etc.) | ||
71 | 58 | ||
72 | 2 = TS 204. If your card tunes OK, but the picture is terrible, seemingly | 59 | dst_addons takes values 0 and 0x20. A value of 0 means it is a FTA card. |
73 | breaking up in one half continually, and crc fails a lot, then | 60 | 0x20 means it has a Conditional Access slot. |
74 | this is worth a try (or trying to turn off) | ||
75 | 61 | ||
76 | 4 = has symdiv. Some cards, mostly without new tuner packets, require | 62 | The autodected values are determined bythe cards 'response |
77 | a symbol division algorithm. Doesn't apply to terrestial TV. | ||
78 | |||
79 | You can also specify a value to have the autodetected values turned off | ||
80 | (e.g. 0). The autodected values are determined bythe cards 'response | ||
81 | string' which you can see in your logs e.g. | 63 | string' which you can see in your logs e.g. |
82 | 64 | ||
83 | dst_check_ci: recognize DST-MOT | 65 | dst_get_device_id: Recognise [DSTMCI] |
84 | |||
85 | or | ||
86 | 66 | ||
87 | dst_check_ci: unable to recognize DSTXCI or STXCI | ||
88 | 67 | ||
89 | -- | 68 | -- |
90 | Authors: Richard Walker, Jamie Honan, Michael Hunold | 69 | Authors: Richard Walker, Jamie Honan, Michael Hunold, Manu Abraham |
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/ci.txt b/Documentation/dvb/ci.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..62e0701b542a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/dvb/ci.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ | |||
1 | * For the user | ||
2 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
3 | NOTE: This document describes the usage of the high level CI API as | ||
4 | in accordance to the Linux DVB API. This is a not a documentation for the, | ||
5 | existing low level CI API. | ||
6 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
7 | |||
8 | To utilize the High Level CI capabilities, | ||
9 | |||
10 | (1*) This point is valid only for the Twinhan/clones | ||
11 | For the Twinhan/Twinhan clones, the dst_ca module handles the CI | ||
12 | hardware handling.This module is loaded automatically if a CI | ||
13 | (Common Interface, that holds the CAM (Conditional Access Module) | ||
14 | is detected. | ||
15 | |||
16 | (2) one requires a userspace application, ca_zap. This small userland | ||
17 | application is in charge of sending the descrambling related information | ||
18 | to the CAM. | ||
19 | |||
20 | This application requires the following to function properly as of now. | ||
21 | |||
22 | (a) Tune to a valid channel, with szap. | ||
23 | eg: $ szap -c channels.conf -r "TMC" -x | ||
24 | |||
25 | (b) a channels.conf containing a valid PMT PID | ||
26 | |||
27 | eg: TMC:11996:h:0:27500:278:512:650:321 | ||
28 | |||
29 | here 278 is a valid PMT PID. the rest of the values are the | ||
30 | same ones that szap uses. | ||
31 | |||
32 | (c) after running a szap, you have to run ca_zap, for the | ||
33 | descrambler to function, | ||
34 | |||
35 | eg: $ ca_zap patched_channels.conf "TMC" | ||
36 | |||
37 | The patched means a patch to apply to scan, such that scan can | ||
38 | generate a channels.conf_with pmt, which has this PMT PID info | ||
39 | (NOTE: szap cannot use this channels.conf with the PMT_PID) | ||
40 | |||
41 | |||
42 | (d) Hopeflly Enjoy your favourite subscribed channel as you do with | ||
43 | a FTA card. | ||
44 | |||
45 | (3) Currently ca_zap, and dst_test, both are meant for demonstration | ||
46 | purposes only, they can become full fledged applications if necessary. | ||
47 | |||
48 | |||
49 | * Cards that fall in this category | ||
50 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
51 | At present the cards that fall in this category are the Twinhan and it's | ||
52 | clones, these cards are available as VVMER, Tomato, Hercules, Orange and | ||
53 | so on. | ||
54 | |||
55 | * CI modules that are supported | ||
56 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
57 | The CI module support is largely dependant upon the firmware on the cards | ||
58 | Some cards do support almost all of the available CI modules. There is | ||
59 | nothing much that can be done in order to make additional CI modules | ||
60 | working with these cards. | ||
61 | |||
62 | Modules that have been tested by this driver at present are | ||
63 | |||
64 | (1) Irdeto 1 and 2 from SCM | ||
65 | (2) Viaccess from SCM | ||
66 | (3) Dragoncam | ||
67 | |||
68 | * The High level CI API | ||
69 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
70 | |||
71 | * For the programmer | ||
72 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
73 | With the High Level CI approach any new card with almost any random | ||
74 | architecture can be implemented with this style, the definitions | ||
75 | insidethe switch statement can be easily adapted for any card, thereby | ||
76 | eliminating the need for any additional ioctls. | ||
77 | |||
78 | The disadvantage is that the driver/hardware has to manage the rest. For | ||
79 | the application programmer it would be as simple as sending/receiving an | ||
80 | array to/from the CI ioctls as defined in the Linux DVB API. No changes | ||
81 | have been made in the API to accomodate this feature. | ||
82 | |||
83 | |||
84 | * Why the need for another CI interface ? | ||
85 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
86 | This is one of the most commonly asked question. Well a nice question. | ||
87 | Strictly speaking this is not a new interface. | ||
88 | |||
89 | The CI interface is defined in the DVB API in ca.h as | ||
90 | |||
91 | typedef struct ca_slot_info { | ||
92 | int num; /* slot number */ | ||
93 | |||
94 | int type; /* CA interface this slot supports */ | ||
95 | #define CA_CI 1 /* CI high level interface */ | ||
96 | #define CA_CI_LINK 2 /* CI link layer level interface */ | ||
97 | #define CA_CI_PHYS 4 /* CI physical layer level interface */ | ||
98 | #define CA_DESCR 8 /* built-in descrambler */ | ||
99 | #define CA_SC 128 /* simple smart card interface */ | ||
100 | |||
101 | unsigned int flags; | ||
102 | #define CA_CI_MODULE_PRESENT 1 /* module (or card) inserted */ | ||
103 | #define CA_CI_MODULE_READY 2 | ||
104 | } ca_slot_info_t; | ||
105 | |||
106 | |||
107 | |||
108 | This CI interface follows the CI high level interface, which is not | ||
109 | implemented by most applications. Hence this area is revisited. | ||
110 | |||
111 | This CI interface is quite different in the case that it tries to | ||
112 | accomodate all other CI based devices, that fall into the other categories | ||
113 | |||
114 | This means that this CI interface handles the EN50221 style tags in the | ||
115 | Application layer only and no session management is taken care of by the | ||
116 | application. The driver/hardware will take care of all that. | ||
117 | |||
118 | This interface is purely an EN50221 interface exchanging APDU's. This | ||
119 | means that no session management, link layer or a transport layer do | ||
120 | exist in this case in the application to driver communication. It is | ||
121 | as simple as that. The driver/hardware has to take care of that. | ||
122 | |||
123 | |||
124 | With this High Level CI interface, the interface can be defined with the | ||
125 | regular ioctls. | ||
126 | |||
127 | All these ioctls are also valid for the High level CI interface | ||
128 | |||
129 | #define CA_RESET _IO('o', 128) | ||
130 | #define CA_GET_CAP _IOR('o', 129, ca_caps_t) | ||
131 | #define CA_GET_SLOT_INFO _IOR('o', 130, ca_slot_info_t) | ||
132 | #define CA_GET_DESCR_INFO _IOR('o', 131, ca_descr_info_t) | ||
133 | #define CA_GET_MSG _IOR('o', 132, ca_msg_t) | ||
134 | #define CA_SEND_MSG _IOW('o', 133, ca_msg_t) | ||
135 | #define CA_SET_DESCR _IOW('o', 134, ca_descr_t) | ||
136 | #define CA_SET_PID _IOW('o', 135, ca_pid_t) | ||
137 | |||
138 | |||
139 | On querying the device, the device yields information thus | ||
140 | |||
141 | CA_GET_SLOT_INFO | ||
142 | ---------------------------- | ||
143 | Command = [info] | ||
144 | APP: Number=[1] | ||
145 | APP: Type=[1] | ||
146 | APP: flags=[1] | ||
147 | APP: CI High level interface | ||
148 | APP: CA/CI Module Present | ||
149 | |||
150 | CA_GET_CAP | ||
151 | ---------------------------- | ||
152 | Command = [caps] | ||
153 | APP: Slots=[1] | ||
154 | APP: Type=[1] | ||
155 | APP: Descrambler keys=[16] | ||
156 | APP: Type=[1] | ||
157 | |||
158 | CA_SEND_MSG | ||
159 | ---------------------------- | ||
160 | Descriptors(Program Level)=[ 09 06 06 04 05 50 ff f1] | ||
161 | Found CA descriptor @ program level | ||
162 | |||
163 | (20) ES type=[2] ES pid=[201] ES length =[0 (0x0)] | ||
164 | (25) ES type=[4] ES pid=[301] ES length =[0 (0x0)] | ||
165 | ca_message length is 25 (0x19) bytes | ||
166 | EN50221 CA MSG=[ 9f 80 32 19 03 01 2d d1 f0 08 01 09 06 06 04 05 50 ff f1 02 e0 c9 00 00 04 e1 2d 00 00] | ||
167 | |||
168 | |||
169 | Not all ioctl's are implemented in the driver from the API, the other | ||
170 | features of the hardware that cannot be implemented by the API are achieved | ||
171 | using the CA_GET_MSG and CA_SEND_MSG ioctls. An EN50221 style wrapper is | ||
172 | used to exchange the data to maintain compatibility with other hardware. | ||
173 | |||
174 | |||
175 | /* a message to/from a CI-CAM */ | ||
176 | typedef struct ca_msg { | ||
177 | unsigned int index; | ||
178 | unsigned int type; | ||
179 | unsigned int length; | ||
180 | unsigned char msg[256]; | ||
181 | } ca_msg_t; | ||
182 | |||
183 | |||
184 | The flow of data can be described thus, | ||
185 | |||
186 | |||
187 | |||
188 | |||
189 | |||
190 | App (User) | ||
191 | ----- | ||
192 | parse | ||
193 | | | ||
194 | | | ||
195 | v | ||
196 | en50221 APDU (package) | ||
197 | -------------------------------------- | ||
198 | | | | High Level CI driver | ||
199 | | | | | ||
200 | | v | | ||
201 | | en50221 APDU (unpackage) | | ||
202 | | | | | ||
203 | | | | | ||
204 | | v | | ||
205 | | sanity checks | | ||
206 | | | | | ||
207 | | | | | ||
208 | | v | | ||
209 | | do (H/W dep) | | ||
210 | -------------------------------------- | ||
211 | | Hardware | ||
212 | | | ||
213 | v | ||
214 | |||
215 | |||
216 | |||
217 | |||
218 | The High Level CI interface uses the EN50221 DVB standard, following a | ||
219 | standard ensures futureproofness. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware index 3ffdcb394299..a750f0101d9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware +++ b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware | |||
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ sub tda10045 { | |||
107 | sub tda10046 { | 107 | sub tda10046 { |
108 | my $sourcefile = "tt_budget_217g.zip"; | 108 | my $sourcefile = "tt_budget_217g.zip"; |
109 | my $url = "http://www.technotrend.de/new/217g/$sourcefile"; | 109 | my $url = "http://www.technotrend.de/new/217g/$sourcefile"; |
110 | my $hash = "a25b579e37109af60f4a36c37893957c"; | 110 | my $hash = "6a7e1e2f2644b162ff0502367553c72d"; |
111 | my $outfile = "dvb-fe-tda10046.fw"; | 111 | my $outfile = "dvb-fe-tda10046.fw"; |
112 | my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 1); | 112 | my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 1); |
113 | 113 | ||
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ sub tda10046 { | |||
115 | 115 | ||
116 | wgetfile($sourcefile, $url); | 116 | wgetfile($sourcefile, $url); |
117 | unzip($sourcefile, $tmpdir); | 117 | unzip($sourcefile, $tmpdir); |
118 | extract("$tmpdir/software/OEM/PCI/App/ttlcdacc.dll", 0x3f731, 24479, "$tmpdir/fwtmp"); | 118 | extract("$tmpdir/software/OEM/PCI/App/ttlcdacc.dll", 0x3f731, 24478, "$tmpdir/fwtmp"); |
119 | verify("$tmpdir/fwtmp", $hash); | 119 | verify("$tmpdir/fwtmp", $hash); |
120 | copy("$tmpdir/fwtmp", $outfile); | 120 | copy("$tmpdir/fwtmp", $outfile); |
121 | 121 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/intelfb.txt b/Documentation/fb/intelfb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c12d39a23c3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/fb/intelfb.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ | |||
1 | Intel 830M/845G/852GM/855GM/865G/915G Framebuffer driver | ||
2 | ================================================================ | ||
3 | |||
4 | A. Introduction | ||
5 | This is a framebuffer driver for various Intel 810/815 compatible | ||
6 | graphics devices. These would include: | ||
7 | |||
8 | Intel 830M | ||
9 | Intel 810E845G | ||
10 | Intel 852GM | ||
11 | Intel 855GM | ||
12 | Intel 865G | ||
13 | Intel 915G | ||
14 | |||
15 | B. List of available options | ||
16 | |||
17 | a. "video=intelfb" | ||
18 | enables the intelfb driver | ||
19 | |||
20 | Recommendation: required | ||
21 | |||
22 | b. "mode=<xres>x<yres>[-<bpp>][@<refresh>]" | ||
23 | select mode | ||
24 | |||
25 | Recommendation: user preference | ||
26 | (default = 1024x768-32@70) | ||
27 | |||
28 | c. "vram=<value>" | ||
29 | select amount of system RAM in MB to allocate for the video memory | ||
30 | if not enough RAM was already allocated by the BIOS. | ||
31 | |||
32 | Recommendation: 1 - 4 MB. | ||
33 | (default = 4 MB) | ||
34 | |||
35 | d. "voffset=<value>" | ||
36 | select at what offset in MB of the logical memory to allocate the | ||
37 | framebuffer memory. The intent is to avoid the memory blocks | ||
38 | used by standard graphics applications (XFree86). Depending on your | ||
39 | usage, adjust the value up or down, (0 for maximum usage, 63/127 MB | ||
40 | for the least amount). Note, an arbitrary setting may conflict | ||
41 | with XFree86. | ||
42 | |||
43 | Recommendation: do not set | ||
44 | (default = 48 MB) | ||
45 | |||
46 | e. "accel" | ||
47 | enable text acceleration. This can be enabled/reenabled anytime | ||
48 | by using 'fbset -accel true/false'. | ||
49 | |||
50 | Recommendation: enable | ||
51 | (default = set) | ||
52 | |||
53 | f. "hwcursor" | ||
54 | enable cursor acceleration. | ||
55 | |||
56 | Recommendation: enable | ||
57 | (default = set) | ||
58 | |||
59 | g. "mtrr" | ||
60 | enable MTRR. This allows data transfers to the framebuffer memory | ||
61 | to occur in bursts which can significantly increase performance. | ||
62 | Not very helpful with the intel chips because of 'shared memory'. | ||
63 | |||
64 | Recommendation: set | ||
65 | (default = set) | ||
66 | |||
67 | h. "fixed" | ||
68 | disable mode switching. | ||
69 | |||
70 | Recommendation: do not set | ||
71 | (default = not set) | ||
72 | |||
73 | The binary parameters can be unset with a "no" prefix, example "noaccel". | ||
74 | The default parameter (not named) is the mode. | ||
75 | |||
76 | C. Kernel booting | ||
77 | |||
78 | Separate each option/option-pair by commas (,) and the option from its value | ||
79 | with an equals sign (=) as in the following: | ||
80 | |||
81 | video=i810fb:option1,option2=value2 | ||
82 | |||
83 | Sample Usage | ||
84 | ------------ | ||
85 | |||
86 | In /etc/lilo.conf, add the line: | ||
87 | |||
88 | append="video=intelfb:800x600-32@75,accel,hwcursor,vram=8" | ||
89 | |||
90 | This will initialize the framebuffer to 800x600 at 32bpp and 75Hz. The | ||
91 | framebuffer will use 8 MB of System RAM. hw acceleration of text and cursor | ||
92 | will be enabled. | ||
93 | |||
94 | D. Module options | ||
95 | |||
96 | The module parameters are essentially similar to the kernel | ||
97 | parameters. The main difference is that you need to include a Boolean value | ||
98 | (1 for TRUE, and 0 for FALSE) for those options which don't need a value. | ||
99 | |||
100 | Example, to enable MTRR, include "mtrr=1". | ||
101 | |||
102 | Sample Usage | ||
103 | ------------ | ||
104 | |||
105 | Using the same setup as described above, load the module like this: | ||
106 | |||
107 | modprobe intelfb mode=800x600-32@75 vram=8 accel=1 hwcursor=1 | ||
108 | |||
109 | Or just add the following to /etc/modprobe.conf | ||
110 | |||
111 | options intelfb mode=800x600-32@75 vram=8 accel=1 hwcursor=1 | ||
112 | |||
113 | and just do a | ||
114 | |||
115 | modprobe intelfb | ||
116 | |||
117 | |||
118 | E. Acknowledgment: | ||
119 | |||
120 | 1. Geert Uytterhoeven - his excellent howto and the virtual | ||
121 | framebuffer driver code made this possible. | ||
122 | |||
123 | 2. Jeff Hartmann for his agpgart code. | ||
124 | |||
125 | 3. David Dawes for his original kernel 2.4 code. | ||
126 | |||
127 | 4. The X developers. Insights were provided just by reading the | ||
128 | XFree86 source code. | ||
129 | |||
130 | 5. Antonino A. Daplas for his inspiring i810fb driver. | ||
131 | |||
132 | 6. Andrew Morton for his kernel patches maintenance. | ||
133 | |||
134 | ########################### | ||
135 | Sylvain | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt index d3c52dd24a2a..26414bc87c65 100644 --- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt +++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt | |||
@@ -63,3 +63,33 @@ Why: Outside of Linux, the only implementations of anything even | |||
63 | people, who might be using implementations that I am not aware | 63 | people, who might be using implementations that I am not aware |
64 | of, to adjust to this upcoming change. | 64 | of, to adjust to this upcoming change. |
65 | Who: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@us.ibm.com> | 65 | Who: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@us.ibm.com> |
66 | |||
67 | --------------------------- | ||
68 | |||
69 | What: IEEE1394 Audio and Music Data Transmission Protocol driver, | ||
70 | Connection Management Procedures driver | ||
71 | When: November 2005 | ||
72 | Files: drivers/ieee1394/{amdtp,cmp}* | ||
73 | Why: These are incomplete, have never worked, and are better implemented | ||
74 | in userland via raw1394 (see http://freebob.sourceforge.net/ for | ||
75 | example.) | ||
76 | Who: Jody McIntyre <scjody@steamballoon.com> | ||
77 | |||
78 | --------------------------- | ||
79 | |||
80 | What: raw1394: requests of type RAW1394_REQ_ISO_SEND, RAW1394_REQ_ISO_LISTEN | ||
81 | When: November 2005 | ||
82 | Why: Deprecated in favour of the new ioctl-based rawiso interface, which is | ||
83 | more efficient. You should really be using libraw1394 for raw1394 | ||
84 | access anyway. | ||
85 | Who: Jody McIntyre <scjody@steamballoon.com> | ||
86 | |||
87 | --------------------------- | ||
88 | |||
89 | What: i2c sysfs name change: in1_ref, vid deprecated in favour of cpu0_vid | ||
90 | When: November 2005 | ||
91 | Files: drivers/i2c/chips/adm1025.c, drivers/i2c/chips/adm1026.c | ||
92 | Why: Match the other drivers' name for the same function, duplicate names | ||
93 | will be available until removal of old names. | ||
94 | Who: Grant Coady <gcoady@gmail.com> | ||
95 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt index f64a10506689..424585ff6ea1 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt | |||
@@ -26,7 +26,11 @@ Mount options unique to the isofs filesystem. | |||
26 | mode=xxx Sets the permissions on files to xxx | 26 | mode=xxx Sets the permissions on files to xxx |
27 | nojoliet Ignore Joliet extensions if they are present. | 27 | nojoliet Ignore Joliet extensions if they are present. |
28 | norock Ignore Rock Ridge extensions if they are present. | 28 | norock Ignore Rock Ridge extensions if they are present. |
29 | unhide Show hidden files. | 29 | hide Completely strip hidden files from the file system. |
30 | showassoc Show files marked with the 'associated' bit | ||
31 | unhide Deprecated; showing hidden files is now default; | ||
32 | If given, it is a synonym for 'showassoc' which will | ||
33 | recreate previous unhide behavior | ||
30 | session=x Select number of session on multisession CD | 34 | session=x Select number of session on multisession CD |
31 | sbsector=xxx Session begins from sector xxx | 35 | sbsector=xxx Session begins from sector xxx |
32 | 36 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt index e97d024eae77..988a62fae11f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt | |||
@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ that support it. For example, a given bus might look like this: | |||
7 | |-- 0000:17:00.0 | 7 | |-- 0000:17:00.0 |
8 | | |-- class | 8 | | |-- class |
9 | | |-- config | 9 | | |-- config |
10 | | |-- detach_state | ||
11 | | |-- device | 10 | | |-- device |
12 | | |-- irq | 11 | | |-- irq |
13 | | |-- local_cpus | 12 | | |-- local_cpus |
@@ -19,7 +18,7 @@ that support it. For example, a given bus might look like this: | |||
19 | | |-- subsystem_device | 18 | | |-- subsystem_device |
20 | | |-- subsystem_vendor | 19 | | |-- subsystem_vendor |
21 | | `-- vendor | 20 | | `-- vendor |
22 | `-- detach_state | 21 | `-- ... |
23 | 22 | ||
24 | The topmost element describes the PCI domain and bus number. In this case, | 23 | The topmost element describes the PCI domain and bus number. In this case, |
25 | the domain number is 0000 and the bus number is 17 (both values are in hex). | 24 | the domain number is 0000 and the bus number is 17 (both values are in hex). |
@@ -31,7 +30,6 @@ files, each with their own function. | |||
31 | ---- -------- | 30 | ---- -------- |
32 | class PCI class (ascii, ro) | 31 | class PCI class (ascii, ro) |
33 | config PCI config space (binary, rw) | 32 | config PCI config space (binary, rw) |
34 | detach_state connection status (bool, rw) | ||
35 | device PCI device (ascii, ro) | 33 | device PCI device (ascii, ro) |
36 | irq IRQ number (ascii, ro) | 34 | irq IRQ number (ascii, ro) |
37 | local_cpus nearby CPU mask (cpumask, ro) | 35 | local_cpus nearby CPU mask (cpumask, ro) |
@@ -85,4 +83,4 @@ useful return codes should be provided. | |||
85 | 83 | ||
86 | Legacy resources are protected by the HAVE_PCI_LEGACY define. Platforms | 84 | Legacy resources are protected by the HAVE_PCI_LEGACY define. Platforms |
87 | wishing to support legacy functionality should define it and provide | 85 | wishing to support legacy functionality should define it and provide |
88 | pci_legacy_read, pci_legacy_write and pci_mmap_legacy_page_range functions. \ No newline at end of file | 86 | pci_legacy_read, pci_legacy_write and pci_mmap_legacy_page_range functions. |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt index 60f6c2c4d477..dc276598a65a 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt | |||
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Other notes: | |||
214 | 214 | ||
215 | A very simple (and naive) implementation of a device attribute is: | 215 | A very simple (and naive) implementation of a device attribute is: |
216 | 216 | ||
217 | static ssize_t show_name(struct device * dev, char * buf) | 217 | static ssize_t show_name(struct device *dev, struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf) |
218 | { | 218 | { |
219 | return sprintf(buf,"%s\n",dev->name); | 219 | return sprintf(buf,"%s\n",dev->name); |
220 | } | 220 | } |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt index 417e3095fe39..0d783c504ead 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt | |||
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ can be changed on remount. The size parameter also accepts a suffix % | |||
71 | to limit this tmpfs instance to that percentage of your physical RAM: | 71 | to limit this tmpfs instance to that percentage of your physical RAM: |
72 | the default, when neither size nor nr_blocks is specified, is size=50% | 72 | the default, when neither size nor nr_blocks is specified, is size=50% |
73 | 73 | ||
74 | If both nr_blocks (or size) and nr_inodes are set to 0, neither blocks | 74 | If nr_blocks=0 (or size=0), blocks will not be limited in that instance; |
75 | nor inodes will be limited in that instance. It is generally unwise to | 75 | if nr_inodes=0, inodes will not be limited. It is generally unwise to |
76 | mount with such options, since it allows any user with write access to | 76 | mount with such options, since it allows any user with write access to |
77 | use up all the memory on the machine; but enhances the scalability of | 77 | use up all the memory on the machine; but enhances the scalability of |
78 | that instance in a system with many cpus making intensive use of it. | 78 | that instance in a system with many cpus making intensive use of it. |
@@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ RAM/SWAP in 10240 inodes and it is only accessible by root. | |||
97 | Author: | 97 | Author: |
98 | Christoph Rohland <cr@sap.com>, 1.12.01 | 98 | Christoph Rohland <cr@sap.com>, 1.12.01 |
99 | Updated: | 99 | Updated: |
100 | Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>, 01 September 2004 | 100 | Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>, 13 March 2005 |
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis69x b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis69x index 5be48769f65b..b88953dfd580 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis69x +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis69x | |||
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ I suspect that this driver could be made to work for the following SiS | |||
42 | chipsets as well: 635, and 635T. If anyone owns a board with those chips | 42 | chipsets as well: 635, and 635T. If anyone owns a board with those chips |
43 | AND is willing to risk crashing & burning an otherwise well-behaved kernel | 43 | AND is willing to risk crashing & burning an otherwise well-behaved kernel |
44 | in the name of progress... please contact me at <mhoffman@lightlink.com> or | 44 | in the name of progress... please contact me at <mhoffman@lightlink.com> or |
45 | via the project's mailing list: <sensors@stimpy.netroedge.com>. Please | 45 | via the project's mailing list: <lm-sensors@lm-sensors.org>. Please |
46 | send bug reports and/or success stories as well. | 46 | send bug reports and/or success stories as well. |
47 | 47 | ||
48 | 48 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1021 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1021 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..03d02bfb3df1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1021 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver adm1021 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Analog Devices ADM1021 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'adm1021' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website | ||
9 | * Analog Devices ADM1021A/ADM1023 | ||
10 | Prefix: 'adm1023' | ||
11 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e | ||
12 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website | ||
13 | * Genesys Logic GL523SM | ||
14 | Prefix: 'gl523sm' | ||
15 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e | ||
16 | Datasheet: | ||
17 | * Intel Xeon Processor | ||
18 | Prefix: - any other - may require 'force_adm1021' parameter | ||
19 | Addresses scanned: none | ||
20 | Datasheet: Publicly available at Intel website | ||
21 | * Maxim MAX1617 | ||
22 | Prefix: 'max1617' | ||
23 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e | ||
24 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website | ||
25 | * Maxim MAX1617A | ||
26 | Prefix: 'max1617a' | ||
27 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e | ||
28 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website | ||
29 | * National Semiconductor LM84 | ||
30 | Prefix: 'lm84' | ||
31 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e | ||
32 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
33 | * Philips NE1617 | ||
34 | Prefix: 'max1617' (probably detected as a max1617) | ||
35 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e | ||
36 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips website | ||
37 | * Philips NE1617A | ||
38 | Prefix: 'max1617' (probably detected as a max1617) | ||
39 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e | ||
40 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips website | ||
41 | * TI THMC10 | ||
42 | Prefix: 'thmc10' | ||
43 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e | ||
44 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the TI website | ||
45 | * Onsemi MC1066 | ||
46 | Prefix: 'mc1066' | ||
47 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e | ||
48 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Onsemi website | ||
49 | |||
50 | |||
51 | Authors: | ||
52 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
53 | Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com> | ||
54 | |||
55 | Module Parameters | ||
56 | ----------------- | ||
57 | |||
58 | * read_only: int | ||
59 | Don't set any values, read only mode | ||
60 | |||
61 | |||
62 | Description | ||
63 | ----------- | ||
64 | |||
65 | The chips supported by this driver are very similar. The Maxim MAX1617 is | ||
66 | the oldest; it has the problem that it is not very well detectable. The | ||
67 | MAX1617A solves that. The ADM1021 is a straight clone of the MAX1617A. | ||
68 | Ditto for the THMC10. From here on, we will refer to all these chips as | ||
69 | ADM1021-clones. | ||
70 | |||
71 | The ADM1021 and MAX1617A reports a die code, which is a sort of revision | ||
72 | code. This can help us pinpoint problems; it is not very useful | ||
73 | otherwise. | ||
74 | |||
75 | ADM1021-clones implement two temperature sensors. One of them is internal, | ||
76 | and measures the temperature of the chip itself; the other is external and | ||
77 | is realised in the form of a transistor-like device. A special alarm | ||
78 | indicates whether the remote sensor is connected. | ||
79 | |||
80 | Each sensor has its own low and high limits. When they are crossed, the | ||
81 | corresponding alarm is set and remains on as long as the temperature stays | ||
82 | out of range. Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. Measurements | ||
83 | are possible between -65 and +127 degrees, with a resolution of one degree. | ||
84 | |||
85 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
86 | is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may already | ||
87 | have disappeared! | ||
88 | |||
89 | This driver only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often | ||
90 | will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. It is possible to make | ||
91 | ADM1021-clones do faster measurements, but there is really no good reason | ||
92 | for that. | ||
93 | |||
94 | Xeon support | ||
95 | ------------ | ||
96 | |||
97 | Some Xeon processors have real max1617, adm1021, or compatible chips | ||
98 | within them, with two temperature sensors. | ||
99 | |||
100 | Other Xeons have chips with only one sensor. | ||
101 | |||
102 | If you have a Xeon, and the adm1021 module loads, and both temperatures | ||
103 | appear valid, then things are good. | ||
104 | |||
105 | If the adm1021 module doesn't load, you should try this: | ||
106 | modprobe adm1021 force_adm1021=BUS,ADDRESS | ||
107 | ADDRESS can only be 0x18, 0x1a, 0x29, 0x2b, 0x4c, or 0x4e. | ||
108 | |||
109 | If you have dual Xeons you may have appear to have two separate | ||
110 | adm1021-compatible chips, or two single-temperature sensors, at distinct | ||
111 | addresses. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1025 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1025 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..39d2b781b5d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1025 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver adm1025 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Analog Devices ADM1025, ADM1025A | ||
6 | Prefix: 'adm1025' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2e | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website | ||
9 | * Philips NE1619 | ||
10 | Prefix: 'ne1619' | ||
11 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2d | ||
12 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips website | ||
13 | |||
14 | The NE1619 presents some differences with the original ADM1025: | ||
15 | * Only two possible addresses (0x2c - 0x2d). | ||
16 | * No temperature offset register, but we don't use it anyway. | ||
17 | * No INT mode for pin 16. We don't play with it anyway. | ||
18 | |||
19 | Authors: | ||
20 | Chen-Yuan Wu <gwu@esoft.com>, | ||
21 | Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
22 | |||
23 | Description | ||
24 | ----------- | ||
25 | |||
26 | (This is from Analog Devices.) The ADM1025 is a complete system hardware | ||
27 | monitor for microprocessor-based systems, providing measurement and limit | ||
28 | comparison of various system parameters. Five voltage measurement inputs | ||
29 | are provided, for monitoring +2.5V, +3.3V, +5V and +12V power supplies and | ||
30 | the processor core voltage. The ADM1025 can monitor a sixth power-supply | ||
31 | voltage by measuring its own VCC. One input (two pins) is dedicated to a | ||
32 | remote temperature-sensing diode and an on-chip temperature sensor allows | ||
33 | ambient temperature to be monitored. | ||
34 | |||
35 | One specificity of this chip is that the pin 11 can be hardwired in two | ||
36 | different manners. It can act as the +12V power-supply voltage analog | ||
37 | input, or as the a fifth digital entry for the VID reading (bit 4). It's | ||
38 | kind of strange since both are useful, and the reason for designing the | ||
39 | chip that way is obscure at least to me. The bit 5 of the configuration | ||
40 | register can be used to define how the chip is hardwired. Please note that | ||
41 | it is not a choice you have to make as the user. The choice was already | ||
42 | made by your motherboard's maker. If the configuration bit isn't set | ||
43 | properly, you'll have a wrong +12V reading or a wrong VID reading. The way | ||
44 | the driver handles that is to preserve this bit through the initialization | ||
45 | process, assuming that the BIOS set it up properly beforehand. If it turns | ||
46 | out not to be true in some cases, we'll provide a module parameter to force | ||
47 | modes. | ||
48 | |||
49 | This driver also supports the ADM1025A, which differs from the ADM1025 | ||
50 | only in that it has "open-drain VID inputs while the ADM1025 has on-chip | ||
51 | 100k pull-ups on the VID inputs". It doesn't make any difference for us. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1026 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1026 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..473c689d7924 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1026 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver adm1026 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Analog Devices ADM1026 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'adm1026' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website | ||
9 | http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0,,766_825_ADM1026,00.html | ||
10 | |||
11 | Authors: | ||
12 | Philip Pokorny <ppokorny@penguincomputing.com> for Penguin Computing | ||
13 | Justin Thiessen <jthiessen@penguincomputing.com> | ||
14 | |||
15 | Module Parameters | ||
16 | ----------------- | ||
17 | |||
18 | * gpio_input: int array (min = 1, max = 17) | ||
19 | List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as inputs | ||
20 | * gpio_output: int array (min = 1, max = 17) | ||
21 | List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as outputs | ||
22 | * gpio_inverted: int array (min = 1, max = 17) | ||
23 | List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as inverted | ||
24 | * gpio_normal: int array (min = 1, max = 17) | ||
25 | List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as normal/non-inverted | ||
26 | * gpio_fan: int array (min = 1, max = 8) | ||
27 | List of GPIO pins (0-7) to program as fan tachs | ||
28 | |||
29 | |||
30 | Description | ||
31 | ----------- | ||
32 | |||
33 | This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADM1026. Analog | ||
34 | Devices calls it a "complete thermal system management controller." | ||
35 | |||
36 | The ADM1026 implements three (3) temperature sensors, 17 voltage sensors, | ||
37 | 16 general purpose digital I/O lines, eight (8) fan speed sensors (8-bit), | ||
38 | an analog output and a PWM output along with limit, alarm and mask bits for | ||
39 | all of the above. There is even 8k bytes of EEPROM memory on chip. | ||
40 | |||
41 | Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. There are two external | ||
42 | sensor inputs and one internal sensor. Each sensor has a high and low | ||
43 | limit. If the limit is exceeded, an interrupt (#SMBALERT) can be | ||
44 | generated. The interrupts can be masked. In addition, there are over-temp | ||
45 | limits for each sensor. If this limit is exceeded, the #THERM output will | ||
46 | be asserted. The current temperature and limits have a resolution of 1 | ||
47 | degree. | ||
48 | |||
49 | Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute) but measured | ||
50 | in counts of a 22.5kHz internal clock. Each fan has a high limit which | ||
51 | corresponds to a minimum fan speed. If the limit is exceeded, an interrupt | ||
52 | can be generated. Each fan can be programmed to divide the reference clock | ||
53 | by 1, 2, 4 or 8. Not all RPM values can accurately be represented, so some | ||
54 | rounding is done. With a divider of 8, the slowest measurable speed of a | ||
55 | two pulse per revolution fan is 661 RPM. | ||
56 | |||
57 | There are 17 voltage sensors. An alarm is triggered if the voltage has | ||
58 | crossed a programmable minimum or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this | ||
59 | case always means 'closest to zero'; this is important for negative voltage | ||
60 | measurements. Several inputs have integrated attenuators so they can measure | ||
61 | higher voltages directly. 3.3V, 5V, 12V, -12V and battery voltage all have | ||
62 | dedicated inputs. There are several inputs scaled to 0-3V full-scale range | ||
63 | for SCSI terminator power. The remaining inputs are not scaled and have | ||
64 | a 0-2.5V full-scale range. A 2.5V or 1.82V reference voltage is provided | ||
65 | for negative voltage measurements. | ||
66 | |||
67 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
68 | is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may already | ||
69 | have disappeared! Note that in the current implementation, all hardware | ||
70 | registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less than 2.0 | ||
71 | seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily miss | ||
72 | once-only alarms. | ||
73 | |||
74 | The ADM1026 measures continuously. Analog inputs are measured about 4 | ||
75 | times a second. Fan speed measurement time depends on fan speed and | ||
76 | divisor. It can take as long as 1.5 seconds to measure all fan speeds. | ||
77 | |||
78 | The ADM1026 has the ability to automatically control fan speed based on the | ||
79 | temperature sensor inputs. Both the PWM output and the DAC output can be | ||
80 | used to control fan speed. Usually only one of these two outputs will be | ||
81 | used. Write the minimum PWM or DAC value to the appropriate control | ||
82 | register. Then set the low temperature limit in the tmin values for each | ||
83 | temperature sensor. The range of control is fixed at 20 °C, and the | ||
84 | largest difference between current and tmin of the temperature sensors sets | ||
85 | the control output. See the datasheet for several example circuits for | ||
86 | controlling fan speed with the PWM and DAC outputs. The fan speed sensors | ||
87 | do not have PWM compensation, so it is probably best to control the fan | ||
88 | voltage from the power lead rather than on the ground lead. | ||
89 | |||
90 | The datasheet shows an example application with VID signals attached to | ||
91 | GPIO lines. Unfortunately, the chip may not be connected to the VID lines | ||
92 | in this way. The driver assumes that the chips *is* connected this way to | ||
93 | get a VID voltage. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1031 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1031 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..130a38382b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm1031 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver adm1031 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Analog Devices ADM1030 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'adm1030' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c to 0x2e | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website | ||
9 | http://products.analog.com/products/info.asp?product=ADM1030 | ||
10 | |||
11 | * Analog Devices ADM1031 | ||
12 | Prefix: 'adm1031' | ||
13 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c to 0x2e | ||
14 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website | ||
15 | http://products.analog.com/products/info.asp?product=ADM1031 | ||
16 | |||
17 | Authors: | ||
18 | Alexandre d'Alton <alex@alexdalton.org> | ||
19 | Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
20 | |||
21 | Description | ||
22 | ----------- | ||
23 | |||
24 | The ADM1030 and ADM1031 are digital temperature sensors and fan controllers. | ||
25 | They sense their own temperature as well as the temperature of up to one | ||
26 | (ADM1030) or two (ADM1031) external diodes. | ||
27 | |||
28 | All temperature values are given in degrees Celsius. Resolution is 0.5 | ||
29 | degree for the local temperature, 0.125 degree for the remote temperatures. | ||
30 | |||
31 | Each temperature channel has its own high and low limits, plus a critical | ||
32 | limit. | ||
33 | |||
34 | The ADM1030 monitors a single fan speed, while the ADM1031 monitors up to | ||
35 | two. Each fan channel has its own low speed limit. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm9240 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm9240 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..35f618f32896 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/adm9240 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver adm9240 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Analog Devices ADM9240 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'adm9240' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website | ||
9 | http://www.analog.com/UploadedFiles/Data_Sheets/79857778ADM9240_0.pdf | ||
10 | |||
11 | * Dallas Semiconductor DS1780 | ||
12 | Prefix: 'ds1780' | ||
13 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f | ||
14 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Dallas Semiconductor (Maxim) website | ||
15 | http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/DS1780.pdf | ||
16 | |||
17 | * National Semiconductor LM81 | ||
18 | Prefix: 'lm81' | ||
19 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f | ||
20 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
21 | http://www.national.com/ds.cgi/LM/LM81.pdf | ||
22 | |||
23 | Authors: | ||
24 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
25 | Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>, | ||
26 | Michiel Rook <michiel@grendelproject.nl>, | ||
27 | Grant Coady <gcoady@gmail.com> with guidance | ||
28 | from Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
29 | |||
30 | Interface | ||
31 | --------- | ||
32 | The I2C addresses listed above assume BIOS has not changed the | ||
33 | chip MSB 5-bit address. Each chip reports a unique manufacturer | ||
34 | identification code as well as the chip revision/stepping level. | ||
35 | |||
36 | Description | ||
37 | ----------- | ||
38 | [From ADM9240] The ADM9240 is a complete system hardware monitor for | ||
39 | microprocessor-based systems, providing measurement and limit comparison | ||
40 | of up to four power supplies and two processor core voltages, plus | ||
41 | temperature, two fan speeds and chassis intrusion. Measured values can | ||
42 | be read out via an I2C-compatible serial System Management Bus, and values | ||
43 | for limit comparisons can be programmed in over the same serial bus. The | ||
44 | high speed successive approximation ADC allows frequent sampling of all | ||
45 | analog channels to ensure a fast interrupt response to any out-of-limit | ||
46 | measurement. | ||
47 | |||
48 | The ADM9240, DS1780 and LM81 are register compatible, the following | ||
49 | details are common to the three chips. Chip differences are described | ||
50 | after this section. | ||
51 | |||
52 | |||
53 | Measurements | ||
54 | ------------ | ||
55 | The measurement cycle | ||
56 | |||
57 | The adm9240 driver will take a measurement reading no faster than once | ||
58 | each two seconds. User-space may read sysfs interface faster than the | ||
59 | measurement update rate and will receive cached data from the most | ||
60 | recent measurement. | ||
61 | |||
62 | ADM9240 has a very fast 320us temperature and voltage measurement cycle | ||
63 | with independent fan speed measurement cycles counting alternating rising | ||
64 | edges of the fan tacho inputs. | ||
65 | |||
66 | DS1780 measurement cycle is about once per second including fan speed. | ||
67 | |||
68 | LM81 measurement cycle is about once per 400ms including fan speed. | ||
69 | The LM81 12-bit extended temperature measurement mode is not supported. | ||
70 | |||
71 | Temperature | ||
72 | ----------- | ||
73 | On chip temperature is reported as degrees Celsius as 9-bit signed data | ||
74 | with resolution of 0.5 degrees Celsius. High and low temperature limits | ||
75 | are 8-bit signed data with resolution of one degree Celsius. | ||
76 | |||
77 | Temperature alarm is asserted once the temperature exceeds the high limit, | ||
78 | and is cleared when the temperature falls below the temp1_max_hyst value. | ||
79 | |||
80 | Fan Speed | ||
81 | --------- | ||
82 | Two fan tacho inputs are provided, the ADM9240 gates an internal 22.5kHz | ||
83 | clock via a divider to an 8-bit counter. Fan speed (rpm) is calculated by: | ||
84 | |||
85 | rpm = (22500 * 60) / (count * divider) | ||
86 | |||
87 | Automatic fan clock divider | ||
88 | |||
89 | * User sets 0 to fan_min limit | ||
90 | - low speed alarm is disabled | ||
91 | - fan clock divider not changed | ||
92 | - auto fan clock adjuster enabled for valid fan speed reading | ||
93 | |||
94 | * User sets fan_min limit too low | ||
95 | - low speed alarm is enabled | ||
96 | - fan clock divider set to max | ||
97 | - fan_min set to register value 254 which corresponds | ||
98 | to 664 rpm on adm9240 | ||
99 | - low speed alarm will be asserted if fan speed is | ||
100 | less than minimum measurable speed | ||
101 | - auto fan clock adjuster disabled | ||
102 | |||
103 | * User sets reasonable fan speed | ||
104 | - low speed alarm is enabled | ||
105 | - fan clock divider set to suit fan_min | ||
106 | - auto fan clock adjuster enabled: adjusts fan_min | ||
107 | |||
108 | * User sets unreasonably high low fan speed limit | ||
109 | - resolution of the low speed limit may be reduced | ||
110 | - alarm will be asserted | ||
111 | - auto fan clock adjuster enabled: adjusts fan_min | ||
112 | |||
113 | * fan speed may be displayed as zero until the auto fan clock divider | ||
114 | adjuster brings fan speed clock divider back into chip measurement | ||
115 | range, this will occur within a few measurement cycles. | ||
116 | |||
117 | Analog Output | ||
118 | ------------- | ||
119 | An analog output provides a 0 to 1.25 volt signal intended for an external | ||
120 | fan speed amplifier circuit. The analog output is set to maximum value on | ||
121 | power up or reset. This doesn't do much on the test Intel SE440BX-2. | ||
122 | |||
123 | Voltage Monitor | ||
124 | |||
125 | Voltage (IN) measurement is internally scaled: | ||
126 | |||
127 | nr label nominal maximum resolution | ||
128 | mV mV mV | ||
129 | 0 +2.5V 2500 3320 13.0 | ||
130 | 1 Vccp1 2700 3600 14.1 | ||
131 | 2 +3.3V 3300 4380 17.2 | ||
132 | 3 +5V 5000 6640 26.0 | ||
133 | 4 +12V 12000 15940 62.5 | ||
134 | 5 Vccp2 2700 3600 14.1 | ||
135 | |||
136 | The reading is an unsigned 8-bit value, nominal voltage measurement is | ||
137 | represented by a reading of 192, being 3/4 of the measurement range. | ||
138 | |||
139 | An alarm is asserted for any voltage going below or above the set limits. | ||
140 | |||
141 | The driver reports and accepts voltage limits scaled to the above table. | ||
142 | |||
143 | VID Monitor | ||
144 | ----------- | ||
145 | The chip has five inputs to read the 5-bit VID and reports the mV value | ||
146 | based on detected CPU type. | ||
147 | |||
148 | Chassis Intrusion | ||
149 | ----------------- | ||
150 | An alarm is asserted when the CI pin goes active high. The ADM9240 | ||
151 | Datasheet has an example of an external temperature sensor driving | ||
152 | this pin. On an Intel SE440BX-2 the Chassis Intrusion header is | ||
153 | connected to a normally open switch. | ||
154 | |||
155 | The ADM9240 provides an internal open drain on this line, and may output | ||
156 | a 20 ms active low pulse to reset an external Chassis Intrusion latch. | ||
157 | |||
158 | Clear the CI latch by writing value 1 to the sysfs chassis_clear file. | ||
159 | |||
160 | Alarm flags reported as 16-bit word | ||
161 | |||
162 | bit label comment | ||
163 | --- ------------- -------------------------- | ||
164 | 0 +2.5 V_Error high or low limit exceeded | ||
165 | 1 VCCP_Error high or low limit exceeded | ||
166 | 2 +3.3 V_Error high or low limit exceeded | ||
167 | 3 +5 V_Error high or low limit exceeded | ||
168 | 4 Temp_Error temperature error | ||
169 | 6 FAN1_Error fan low limit exceeded | ||
170 | 7 FAN2_Error fan low limit exceeded | ||
171 | 8 +12 V_Error high or low limit exceeded | ||
172 | 9 VCCP2_Error high or low limit exceeded | ||
173 | 12 Chassis_Error CI pin went high | ||
174 | |||
175 | Remaining bits are reserved and thus undefined. It is important to note | ||
176 | that alarm bits may be cleared on read, user-space may latch alarms and | ||
177 | provide the end-user with a method to clear alarm memory. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/asb100 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/asb100 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ab7365e139be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/asb100 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver asb100 | ||
2 | ==================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported Chips: | ||
5 | * Asus ASB100 and ASB100-A "Bach" | ||
6 | Prefix: 'asb100' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2d | ||
8 | Datasheet: none released | ||
9 | |||
10 | Author: Mark M. Hoffman <mhoffman@lightlink.com> | ||
11 | |||
12 | Description | ||
13 | ----------- | ||
14 | |||
15 | This driver implements support for the Asus ASB100 and ASB100-A "Bach". | ||
16 | These are custom ASICs available only on Asus mainboards. Asus refuses to | ||
17 | supply a datasheet for these chips. Thanks go to many people who helped | ||
18 | investigate their hardware, including: | ||
19 | |||
20 | Vitaly V. Bursov | ||
21 | Alexander van Kaam (author of MBM for Windows) | ||
22 | Bertrik Sikken | ||
23 | |||
24 | The ASB100 implements seven voltage sensors, three fan rotation speed | ||
25 | sensors, four temperature sensors, VID lines and alarms. In addition to | ||
26 | these, the ASB100-A also implements a single PWM controller for fans 2 and | ||
27 | 3 (i.e. one setting controls both.) If you have a plain ASB100, the PWM | ||
28 | controller will simply not work (or maybe it will for you... it doesn't for | ||
29 | me). | ||
30 | |||
31 | Temperatures are measured and reported in degrees Celsius. | ||
32 | |||
33 | Fan speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is | ||
34 | triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. | ||
35 | |||
36 | Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report values in volts. | ||
37 | |||
38 | The VID lines encode the core voltage value: the voltage level your | ||
39 | processor should work with. This is hardcoded by the mainboard and/or | ||
40 | processor itself. It is a value in volts. | ||
41 | |||
42 | Alarms: (TODO question marks indicate may or may not work) | ||
43 | |||
44 | 0x0001 => in0 (?) | ||
45 | 0x0002 => in1 (?) | ||
46 | 0x0004 => in2 | ||
47 | 0x0008 => in3 | ||
48 | 0x0010 => temp1 (1) | ||
49 | 0x0020 => temp2 | ||
50 | 0x0040 => fan1 | ||
51 | 0x0080 => fan2 | ||
52 | 0x0100 => in4 | ||
53 | 0x0200 => in5 (?) (2) | ||
54 | 0x0400 => in6 (?) (2) | ||
55 | 0x0800 => fan3 | ||
56 | 0x1000 => chassis switch | ||
57 | 0x2000 => temp3 | ||
58 | |||
59 | Alarm Notes: | ||
60 | |||
61 | (1) This alarm will only trigger if the hysteresis value is 127C. | ||
62 | I.e. it behaves the same as w83781d. | ||
63 | |||
64 | (2) The min and max registers for these values appear to | ||
65 | be read-only or otherwise stuck at 0x00. | ||
66 | |||
67 | TODO: | ||
68 | * Experiment with fan divisors > 8. | ||
69 | * Experiment with temp. sensor types. | ||
70 | * Are there really 13 voltage inputs? Probably not... | ||
71 | * Cleanups, no doubt... | ||
72 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/ds1621 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/ds1621 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1fee6f1e6bc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/ds1621 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver ds1621 | ||
2 | ==================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Dallas Semiconductor DS1621 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'ds1621' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Dallas Semiconductor website | ||
9 | http://www.dalsemi.com/ | ||
10 | * Dallas Semiconductor DS1625 | ||
11 | Prefix: 'ds1621' | ||
12 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f | ||
13 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Dallas Semiconductor website | ||
14 | http://www.dalsemi.com/ | ||
15 | |||
16 | Authors: | ||
17 | Christian W. Zuckschwerdt <zany@triq.net> | ||
18 | valuable contributions by Jan M. Sendler <sendler@sendler.de> | ||
19 | ported to 2.6 by Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> | ||
20 | with the help of Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
21 | |||
22 | Module Parameters | ||
23 | ------------------ | ||
24 | |||
25 | * polarity int | ||
26 | Output's polarity: 0 = active high, 1 = active low | ||
27 | |||
28 | Description | ||
29 | ----------- | ||
30 | |||
31 | The DS1621 is a (one instance) digital thermometer and thermostat. It has | ||
32 | both high and low temperature limits which can be user defined (i.e. | ||
33 | programmed into non-volatile on-chip registers). Temperature range is -55 | ||
34 | degree Celsius to +125 in 0.5 increments. You may convert this into a | ||
35 | Fahrenheit range of -67 to +257 degrees with 0.9 steps. If polarity | ||
36 | parameter is not provided, original value is used. | ||
37 | |||
38 | As for the thermostat, behavior can also be programmed using the polarity | ||
39 | toggle. On the one hand ("heater"), the thermostat output of the chip, | ||
40 | Tout, will trigger when the low limit temperature is met or underrun and | ||
41 | stays high until the high limit is met or exceeded. On the other hand | ||
42 | ("cooler"), vice versa. That way "heater" equals "active low", whereas | ||
43 | "conditioner" equals "active high". Please note that the DS1621 data sheet | ||
44 | is somewhat misleading in this point since setting the polarity bit does | ||
45 | not simply invert Tout. | ||
46 | |||
47 | A second thing is that, during extensive testing, Tout showed a tolerance | ||
48 | of up to +/- 0.5 degrees even when compared against precise temperature | ||
49 | readings. Be sure to have a high vs. low temperature limit gap of al least | ||
50 | 1.0 degree Celsius to avoid Tout "bouncing", though! | ||
51 | |||
52 | As for alarms, you can read the alarm status of the DS1621 via the 'alarms' | ||
53 | /sys file interface. The result consists mainly of bit 6 and 5 of the | ||
54 | configuration register of the chip; bit 6 (0x40 or 64) is the high alarm | ||
55 | bit and bit 5 (0x20 or 32) the low one. These bits are set when the high or | ||
56 | low limits are met or exceeded and are reset by the module as soon as the | ||
57 | respective temperature ranges are left. | ||
58 | |||
59 | The alarm registers are in no way suitable to find out about the actual | ||
60 | status of Tout. They will only tell you about its history, whether or not | ||
61 | any of the limits have ever been met or exceeded since last power-up or | ||
62 | reset. Be aware: When testing, it showed that the status of Tout can change | ||
63 | with neither of the alarms set. | ||
64 | |||
65 | Temperature conversion of the DS1621 takes up to 1000ms; internal access to | ||
66 | non-volatile registers may last for 10ms or below. | ||
67 | |||
68 | High Accuracy Temperature Reading | ||
69 | --------------------------------- | ||
70 | |||
71 | As said before, the temperature issued via the 9-bit i2c-bus data is | ||
72 | somewhat arbitrary. Internally, the temperature conversion is of a | ||
73 | different kind that is explained (not so...) well in the DS1621 data sheet. | ||
74 | To cut the long story short: Inside the DS1621 there are two oscillators, | ||
75 | both of them biassed by a temperature coefficient. | ||
76 | |||
77 | Higher resolution of the temperature reading can be achieved using the | ||
78 | internal projection, which means taking account of REG_COUNT and REG_SLOPE | ||
79 | (the driver manages them): | ||
80 | |||
81 | Taken from Dallas Semiconductors App Note 068: 'Increasing Temperature | ||
82 | Resolution on the DS1620' and App Note 105: 'High Resolution Temperature | ||
83 | Measurement with Dallas Direct-to-Digital Temperature Sensors' | ||
84 | |||
85 | - Read the 9-bit temperature and strip the LSB (Truncate the .5 degs) | ||
86 | - The resulting value is TEMP_READ. | ||
87 | - Then, read REG_COUNT. | ||
88 | - And then, REG_SLOPE. | ||
89 | |||
90 | TEMP = TEMP_READ - 0.25 + ((REG_SLOPE - REG_COUNT) / REG_SLOPE) | ||
91 | |||
92 | Note that this is what the DONE bit in the DS1621 configuration register is | ||
93 | good for: Internally, one temperature conversion takes up to 1000ms. Before | ||
94 | that conversion is complete you will not be able to read valid things out | ||
95 | of REG_COUNT and REG_SLOPE. The DONE bit, as you may have guessed by now, | ||
96 | tells you whether the conversion is complete ("done", in plain English) and | ||
97 | thus, whether the values you read are good or not. | ||
98 | |||
99 | The DS1621 has two modes of operation: "Continuous" conversion, which can | ||
100 | be understood as the default stand-alone mode where the chip gets the | ||
101 | temperature and controls external devices via its Tout pin or tells other | ||
102 | i2c's about it if they care. The other mode is called "1SHOT", that means | ||
103 | that it only figures out about the temperature when it is explicitly told | ||
104 | to do so; this can be seen as power saving mode. | ||
105 | |||
106 | Now if you want to read REG_COUNT and REG_SLOPE, you have to either stop | ||
107 | the continuous conversions until the contents of these registers are valid, | ||
108 | or, in 1SHOT mode, you have to have one conversion made. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/eeprom b/Documentation/i2c/chips/eeprom new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f7e8104b5764 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/eeprom | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver eeprom | ||
2 | ==================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Any EEPROM chip in the designated address range | ||
6 | Prefix: 'eeprom' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x50 - 0x57 | ||
8 | Datasheets: Publicly available from: | ||
9 | Atmel (www.atmel.com), | ||
10 | Catalyst (www.catsemi.com), | ||
11 | Fairchild (www.fairchildsemi.com), | ||
12 | Microchip (www.microchip.com), | ||
13 | Philips (www.semiconductor.philips.com), | ||
14 | Rohm (www.rohm.com), | ||
15 | ST (www.st.com), | ||
16 | Xicor (www.xicor.com), | ||
17 | and others. | ||
18 | |||
19 | Chip Size (bits) Address | ||
20 | 24C01 1K 0x50 (shadows at 0x51 - 0x57) | ||
21 | 24C01A 1K 0x50 - 0x57 (Typical device on DIMMs) | ||
22 | 24C02 2K 0x50 - 0x57 | ||
23 | 24C04 4K 0x50, 0x52, 0x54, 0x56 | ||
24 | (additional data at 0x51, 0x53, 0x55, 0x57) | ||
25 | 24C08 8K 0x50, 0x54 (additional data at 0x51, 0x52, | ||
26 | 0x53, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57) | ||
27 | 24C16 16K 0x50 (additional data at 0x51 - 0x57) | ||
28 | Sony 2K 0x57 | ||
29 | |||
30 | Atmel 34C02B 2K 0x50 - 0x57, SW write protect at 0x30-37 | ||
31 | Catalyst 34FC02 2K 0x50 - 0x57, SW write protect at 0x30-37 | ||
32 | Catalyst 34RC02 2K 0x50 - 0x57, SW write protect at 0x30-37 | ||
33 | Fairchild 34W02 2K 0x50 - 0x57, SW write protect at 0x30-37 | ||
34 | Microchip 24AA52 2K 0x50 - 0x57, SW write protect at 0x30-37 | ||
35 | ST M34C02 2K 0x50 - 0x57, SW write protect at 0x30-37 | ||
36 | |||
37 | |||
38 | Authors: | ||
39 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
40 | Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>, | ||
41 | Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>, | ||
42 | Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@kroah.com>, | ||
43 | IBM Corp. | ||
44 | |||
45 | Description | ||
46 | ----------- | ||
47 | |||
48 | This is a simple EEPROM module meant to enable reading the first 256 bytes | ||
49 | of an EEPROM (on a SDRAM DIMM for example). However, it will access serial | ||
50 | EEPROMs on any I2C adapter. The supported devices are generically called | ||
51 | 24Cxx, and are listed above; however the numbering for these | ||
52 | industry-standard devices may vary by manufacturer. | ||
53 | |||
54 | This module was a programming exercise to get used to the new project | ||
55 | organization laid out by Frodo, but it should be at least completely | ||
56 | effective for decoding the contents of EEPROMs on DIMMs. | ||
57 | |||
58 | DIMMS will typically contain a 24C01A or 24C02, or the 34C02 variants. | ||
59 | The other devices will not be found on a DIMM because they respond to more | ||
60 | than one address. | ||
61 | |||
62 | DDC Monitors may contain any device. Often a 24C01, which responds to all 8 | ||
63 | addresses, is found. | ||
64 | |||
65 | Recent Sony Vaio laptops have an EEPROM at 0x57. We couldn't get the | ||
66 | specification, so it is guess work and far from being complete. | ||
67 | |||
68 | The Microchip 24AA52/24LCS52, ST M34C02, and others support an additional | ||
69 | software write protect register at 0x30 - 0x37 (0x20 less than the memory | ||
70 | location). The chip responds to "write quick" detection at this address but | ||
71 | does not respond to byte reads. If this register is present, the lower 128 | ||
72 | bytes of the memory array are not write protected. Any byte data write to | ||
73 | this address will write protect the memory array permanently, and the | ||
74 | device will no longer respond at the 0x30-37 address. The eeprom driver | ||
75 | does not support this register. | ||
76 | |||
77 | Lacking functionality: | ||
78 | |||
79 | * Full support for larger devices (24C04, 24C08, 24C16). These are not | ||
80 | typically found on a PC. These devices will appear as separate devices at | ||
81 | multiple addresses. | ||
82 | |||
83 | * Support for really large devices (24C32, 24C64, 24C128, 24C256, 24C512). | ||
84 | These devices require two-byte address fields and are not supported. | ||
85 | |||
86 | * Enable Writing. Again, no technical reason why not, but making it easy | ||
87 | to change the contents of the EEPROMs (on DIMMs anyway) also makes it easy | ||
88 | to disable the DIMMs (potentially preventing the computer from booting) | ||
89 | until the values are restored somehow. | ||
90 | |||
91 | Use: | ||
92 | |||
93 | After inserting the module (and any other required SMBus/i2c modules), you | ||
94 | should have some EEPROM directories in /sys/bus/i2c/devices/* of names such | ||
95 | as "0-0050". Inside each of these is a series of files, the eeprom file | ||
96 | contains the binary data from EEPROM. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/fscher b/Documentation/i2c/chips/fscher new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..64031659aff3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/fscher | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver fscher | ||
2 | ==================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Fujitsu-Siemens Hermes chip | ||
6 | Prefix: 'fscher' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x73 | ||
8 | |||
9 | Authors: | ||
10 | Reinhard Nissl <rnissl@gmx.de> based on work | ||
11 | from Hermann Jung <hej@odn.de>, | ||
12 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
13 | Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com> | ||
14 | |||
15 | Description | ||
16 | ----------- | ||
17 | |||
18 | This driver implements support for the Fujitsu-Siemens Hermes chip. It is | ||
19 | described in the 'Register Set Specification BMC Hermes based Systemboard' | ||
20 | from Fujitsu-Siemens. | ||
21 | |||
22 | The Hermes chip implements a hardware-based system management, e.g. for | ||
23 | controlling fan speed and core voltage. There is also a watchdog counter on | ||
24 | the chip which can trigger an alarm and even shut the system down. | ||
25 | |||
26 | The chip provides three temperature values (CPU, motherboard and | ||
27 | auxiliary), three voltage values (+12V, +5V and battery) and three fans | ||
28 | (power supply, CPU and auxiliary). | ||
29 | |||
30 | Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. The resolution is 1 degree. | ||
31 | |||
32 | Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). The value | ||
33 | can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2 or 4) which is stored on | ||
34 | the chip. | ||
35 | |||
36 | Voltage sensors (also known as "in" sensors) report their values in volts. | ||
37 | |||
38 | All values are reported as final values from the driver. There is no need | ||
39 | for further calculations. | ||
40 | |||
41 | |||
42 | Detailed description | ||
43 | -------------------- | ||
44 | |||
45 | Below you'll find a single line description of all the bit values. With | ||
46 | this information, you're able to decode e. g. alarms, wdog, etc. To make | ||
47 | use of the watchdog, you'll need to set the watchdog time and enable the | ||
48 | watchdog. After that it is necessary to restart the watchdog time within | ||
49 | the specified period of time, or a system reset will occur. | ||
50 | |||
51 | * revision | ||
52 | READING & 0xff = 0x??: HERMES revision identification | ||
53 | |||
54 | * alarms | ||
55 | READING & 0x80 = 0x80: CPU throttling active | ||
56 | READING & 0x80 = 0x00: CPU running at full speed | ||
57 | |||
58 | READING & 0x10 = 0x10: software event (see control:1) | ||
59 | READING & 0x10 = 0x00: no software event | ||
60 | |||
61 | READING & 0x08 = 0x08: watchdog event (see wdog:2) | ||
62 | READING & 0x08 = 0x00: no watchdog event | ||
63 | |||
64 | READING & 0x02 = 0x02: thermal event (see temp*:1) | ||
65 | READING & 0x02 = 0x00: no thermal event | ||
66 | |||
67 | READING & 0x01 = 0x01: fan event (see fan*:1) | ||
68 | READING & 0x01 = 0x00: no fan event | ||
69 | |||
70 | READING & 0x13 ! 0x00: ALERT LED is flashing | ||
71 | |||
72 | * control | ||
73 | READING & 0x01 = 0x01: software event | ||
74 | READING & 0x01 = 0x00: no software event | ||
75 | |||
76 | WRITING & 0x01 = 0x01: set software event | ||
77 | WRITING & 0x01 = 0x00: clear software event | ||
78 | |||
79 | * watchdog_control | ||
80 | READING & 0x80 = 0x80: power off on watchdog event while thermal event | ||
81 | READING & 0x80 = 0x00: watchdog power off disabled (just system reset enabled) | ||
82 | |||
83 | READING & 0x40 = 0x40: watchdog timebase 60 seconds (see also wdog:1) | ||
84 | READING & 0x40 = 0x00: watchdog timebase 2 seconds | ||
85 | |||
86 | READING & 0x10 = 0x10: watchdog enabled | ||
87 | READING & 0x10 = 0x00: watchdog disabled | ||
88 | |||
89 | WRITING & 0x80 = 0x80: enable "power off on watchdog event while thermal event" | ||
90 | WRITING & 0x80 = 0x00: disable "power off on watchdog event while thermal event" | ||
91 | |||
92 | WRITING & 0x40 = 0x40: set watchdog timebase to 60 seconds | ||
93 | WRITING & 0x40 = 0x00: set watchdog timebase to 2 seconds | ||
94 | |||
95 | WRITING & 0x20 = 0x20: disable watchdog | ||
96 | |||
97 | WRITING & 0x10 = 0x10: enable watchdog / restart watchdog time | ||
98 | |||
99 | * watchdog_state | ||
100 | READING & 0x02 = 0x02: watchdog system reset occurred | ||
101 | READING & 0x02 = 0x00: no watchdog system reset occurred | ||
102 | |||
103 | WRITING & 0x02 = 0x02: clear watchdog event | ||
104 | |||
105 | * watchdog_preset | ||
106 | READING & 0xff = 0x??: configured watch dog time in units (see wdog:3 0x40) | ||
107 | |||
108 | WRITING & 0xff = 0x??: configure watch dog time in units | ||
109 | |||
110 | * in* (0: +5V, 1: +12V, 2: onboard 3V battery) | ||
111 | READING: actual voltage value | ||
112 | |||
113 | * temp*_status (1: CPU sensor, 2: onboard sensor, 3: auxiliary sensor) | ||
114 | READING & 0x02 = 0x02: thermal event (overtemperature) | ||
115 | READING & 0x02 = 0x00: no thermal event | ||
116 | |||
117 | READING & 0x01 = 0x01: sensor is working | ||
118 | READING & 0x01 = 0x00: sensor is faulty | ||
119 | |||
120 | WRITING & 0x02 = 0x02: clear thermal event | ||
121 | |||
122 | * temp*_input (1: CPU sensor, 2: onboard sensor, 3: auxiliary sensor) | ||
123 | READING: actual temperature value | ||
124 | |||
125 | * fan*_status (1: power supply fan, 2: CPU fan, 3: auxiliary fan) | ||
126 | READING & 0x04 = 0x04: fan event (fan fault) | ||
127 | READING & 0x04 = 0x00: no fan event | ||
128 | |||
129 | WRITING & 0x04 = 0x04: clear fan event | ||
130 | |||
131 | * fan*_div (1: power supply fan, 2: CPU fan, 3: auxiliary fan) | ||
132 | Divisors 2,4 and 8 are supported, both for reading and writing | ||
133 | |||
134 | * fan*_pwm (1: power supply fan, 2: CPU fan, 3: auxiliary fan) | ||
135 | READING & 0xff = 0x00: fan may be switched off | ||
136 | READING & 0xff = 0x01: fan must run at least at minimum speed (supply: 6V) | ||
137 | READING & 0xff = 0xff: fan must run at maximum speed (supply: 12V) | ||
138 | READING & 0xff = 0x??: fan must run at least at given speed (supply: 6V..12V) | ||
139 | |||
140 | WRITING & 0xff = 0x00: fan may be switched off | ||
141 | WRITING & 0xff = 0x01: fan must run at least at minimum speed (supply: 6V) | ||
142 | WRITING & 0xff = 0xff: fan must run at maximum speed (supply: 12V) | ||
143 | WRITING & 0xff = 0x??: fan must run at least at given speed (supply: 6V..12V) | ||
144 | |||
145 | * fan*_input (1: power supply fan, 2: CPU fan, 3: auxiliary fan) | ||
146 | READING: actual RPM value | ||
147 | |||
148 | |||
149 | Limitations | ||
150 | ----------- | ||
151 | |||
152 | * Measuring fan speed | ||
153 | It seems that the chip counts "ripples" (typical fans produce 2 ripples per | ||
154 | rotation while VERAX fans produce 18) in a 9-bit register. This register is | ||
155 | read out every second, then the ripple prescaler (2, 4 or 8) is applied and | ||
156 | the result is stored in the 8 bit output register. Due to the limitation of | ||
157 | the counting register to 9 bits, it is impossible to measure a VERAX fan | ||
158 | properly (even with a prescaler of 8). At its maximum speed of 3500 RPM the | ||
159 | fan produces 1080 ripples per second which causes the counting register to | ||
160 | overflow twice, leading to only 186 RPM. | ||
161 | |||
162 | * Measuring input voltages | ||
163 | in2 ("battery") reports the voltage of the onboard lithium battery and not | ||
164 | +3.3V from the power supply. | ||
165 | |||
166 | * Undocumented features | ||
167 | Fujitsu-Siemens Computers has not documented all features of the chip so | ||
168 | far. Their software, System Guard, shows that there are a still some | ||
169 | features which cannot be controlled by this implementation. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/gl518sm b/Documentation/i2c/chips/gl518sm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ce0881883bca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/gl518sm | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver gl518sm | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Genesys Logic GL518SM release 0x00 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'gl518sm' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c and 0x2d | ||
8 | Datasheet: http://www.genesyslogic.com/pdf | ||
9 | * Genesys Logic GL518SM release 0x80 | ||
10 | Prefix: 'gl518sm' | ||
11 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c and 0x2d | ||
12 | Datasheet: http://www.genesyslogic.com/pdf | ||
13 | |||
14 | Authors: | ||
15 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
16 | Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi> | ||
17 | Hong-Gunn Chew <hglinux@gunnet.org> | ||
18 | Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
19 | |||
20 | Description | ||
21 | ----------- | ||
22 | |||
23 | IMPORTANT: | ||
24 | |||
25 | For the revision 0x00 chip, the in0, in1, and in2 values (+5V, +3V, | ||
26 | and +12V) CANNOT be read. This is a limitation of the chip, not the driver. | ||
27 | |||
28 | This driver supports the Genesys Logic GL518SM chip. There are at least | ||
29 | two revision of this chip, which we call revision 0x00 and 0x80. Revision | ||
30 | 0x80 chips support the reading of all voltages and revision 0x00 only | ||
31 | for VIN3. | ||
32 | |||
33 | The GL518SM implements one temperature sensor, two fan rotation speed | ||
34 | sensors, and four voltage sensors. It can report alarms through the | ||
35 | computer speakers. | ||
36 | |||
37 | Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm goes off while the | ||
38 | temperature is above the over temperature limit, and has not yet dropped | ||
39 | below the hysteresis limit. The alarm always reflects the current | ||
40 | situation. Measurements are guaranteed between -10 degrees and +110 | ||
41 | degrees, with a accuracy of +/-3 degrees. | ||
42 | |||
43 | Rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is | ||
44 | triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. In | ||
45 | case when you have selected to turn fan1 off, no fan1 alarm is triggered. | ||
46 | |||
47 | Fan readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to | ||
48 | give the readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can | ||
49 | accurately be represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider | ||
50 | of 2, the lowest representable value is around 1900 RPM. | ||
51 | |||
52 | Voltage sensors (also known as VIN sensors) report their values in volts. | ||
53 | An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum or | ||
54 | maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to | ||
55 | zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. The VDD input | ||
56 | measures voltages between 0.000 and 5.865 volt, with a resolution of 0.023 | ||
57 | volt. The other inputs measure voltages between 0.000 and 4.845 volt, with | ||
58 | a resolution of 0.019 volt. Note that revision 0x00 chips do not support | ||
59 | reading the current voltage of any input except for VIN3; limit setting and | ||
60 | alarms work fine, though. | ||
61 | |||
62 | When an alarm is triggered, you can be warned by a beeping signal through your | ||
63 | computer speaker. It is possible to enable all beeping globally, or only the | ||
64 | beeping for some alarms. | ||
65 | |||
66 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
67 | is read at least once (except for temperature alarms). This means that the | ||
68 | cause for the alarm may already have disappeared! Note that in the current | ||
69 | implementation, all hardware registers are read whenever any data is read | ||
70 | (unless it is less than 1.5 seconds since the last update). This means that | ||
71 | you can easily miss once-only alarms. | ||
72 | |||
73 | The GL518SM only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often | ||
74 | will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/it87 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/it87 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0d0195040d88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/it87 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver it87 | ||
2 | ================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * IT8705F | ||
6 | Prefix: 'it87' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space, or default ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports) | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the ITE website | ||
9 | http://www.ite.com.tw/ | ||
10 | * IT8712F | ||
11 | Prefix: 'it8712' | ||
12 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f | ||
13 | from Super I/O config space, or default ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports) | ||
14 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the ITE website | ||
15 | http://www.ite.com.tw/ | ||
16 | * SiS950 [clone of IT8705F] | ||
17 | Prefix: 'sis950' | ||
18 | Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space, or default ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports) | ||
19 | Datasheet: No longer be available | ||
20 | |||
21 | Author: Christophe Gauthron <chrisg@0-in.com> | ||
22 | |||
23 | |||
24 | Module Parameters | ||
25 | ----------------- | ||
26 | |||
27 | * update_vbat: int | ||
28 | |||
29 | 0 if vbat should report power on value, 1 if vbat should be updated after | ||
30 | each read. Default is 0. On some boards the battery voltage is provided | ||
31 | by either the battery or the onboard power supply. Only the first reading | ||
32 | at power on will be the actual battery voltage (which the chip does | ||
33 | automatically). On other boards the battery voltage is always fed to | ||
34 | the chip so can be read at any time. Excessive reading may decrease | ||
35 | battery life but no information is given in the datasheet. | ||
36 | |||
37 | * fix_pwm_polarity int | ||
38 | |||
39 | Force PWM polarity to active high (DANGEROUS). Some chips are | ||
40 | misconfigured by BIOS - PWM values would be inverted. This option tries | ||
41 | to fix this. Please contact your BIOS manufacturer and ask him for fix. | ||
42 | |||
43 | Description | ||
44 | ----------- | ||
45 | |||
46 | This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F and SiS950 chips. | ||
47 | |||
48 | This driver also supports IT8712F, which adds SMBus access, and a VID | ||
49 | input, used to report the Vcore voltage of the Pentium processor. | ||
50 | The IT8712F additionally features VID inputs. | ||
51 | |||
52 | These chips are 'Super I/O chips', supporting floppy disks, infrared ports, | ||
53 | joysticks and other miscellaneous stuff. For hardware monitoring, they | ||
54 | include an 'environment controller' with 3 temperature sensors, 3 fan | ||
55 | rotation speed sensors, 8 voltage sensors, and associated alarms. | ||
56 | |||
57 | Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once | ||
58 | when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed. | ||
59 | |||
60 | Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is | ||
61 | triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan | ||
62 | readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to give the | ||
63 | readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can accurately be | ||
64 | represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider of 2, the lowest | ||
65 | representable value is around 2600 RPM. | ||
66 | |||
67 | Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in volts. An | ||
68 | alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum or | ||
69 | maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to | ||
70 | zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage | ||
71 | inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution of | ||
72 | 0.016 volt. The battery voltage in8 does not have limit registers. | ||
73 | |||
74 | The VID lines (IT8712F only) encode the core voltage value: the voltage | ||
75 | level your processor should work with. This is hardcoded by the mainboard | ||
76 | and/or processor itself. It is a value in volts. | ||
77 | |||
78 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
79 | is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may already | ||
80 | have disappeared! Note that in the current implementation, all hardware | ||
81 | registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less than 1.5 | ||
82 | seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily miss | ||
83 | once-only alarms. | ||
84 | |||
85 | The IT87xx only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often | ||
86 | will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. | ||
87 | |||
88 | To change sensor N to a thermistor, 'echo 2 > tempN_type' where N is 1, 2, | ||
89 | or 3. To change sensor N to a thermal diode, 'echo 3 > tempN_type'. | ||
90 | Give 0 for unused sensor. Any other value is invalid. To configure this at | ||
91 | startup, consult lm_sensors's /etc/sensors.conf. (2 = thermistor; | ||
92 | 3 = thermal diode) | ||
93 | |||
94 | The fan speed control features are limited to manual PWM mode. Automatic | ||
95 | "Smart Guardian" mode control handling is not implemented. However | ||
96 | if you want to go for "manual mode" just write 1 to pwmN_enable. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm63 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm63 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..31660bf97979 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm63 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver lm63 | ||
2 | ================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * National Semiconductor LM63 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'lm63' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
9 | http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM63.html | ||
10 | |||
11 | Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
12 | |||
13 | Thanks go to Tyan and especially Alex Buckingham for setting up a remote | ||
14 | access to their S4882 test platform for this driver. | ||
15 | http://www.tyan.com/ | ||
16 | |||
17 | Description | ||
18 | ----------- | ||
19 | |||
20 | The LM63 is a digital temperature sensor with integrated fan monitoring | ||
21 | and control. | ||
22 | |||
23 | The LM63 is basically an LM86 with fan speed monitoring and control | ||
24 | capabilities added. It misses some of the LM86 features though: | ||
25 | - No low limit for local temperature. | ||
26 | - No critical limit for local temperature. | ||
27 | - Critical limit for remote temperature can be changed only once. We | ||
28 | will consider that the critical limit is read-only. | ||
29 | |||
30 | The datasheet isn't very clear about what the tachometer reading is. | ||
31 | |||
32 | An explanation from National Semiconductor: The two lower bits of the read | ||
33 | value have to be masked out. The value is still 16 bit in width. | ||
34 | |||
35 | All temperature values are given in degrees Celsius. Resolution is 1.0 | ||
36 | degree for the local temperature, 0.125 degree for the remote temperature. | ||
37 | |||
38 | The fan speed is measured using a tachometer. Contrary to most chips which | ||
39 | store the value in an 8-bit register and have a selectable clock divider | ||
40 | to make sure that the result will fit in the register, the LM63 uses 16-bit | ||
41 | value for measuring the speed of the fan. It can measure fan speeds down to | ||
42 | 83 RPM, at least in theory. | ||
43 | |||
44 | Note that the pin used for fan monitoring is shared with an alert out | ||
45 | function. Depending on how the board designer wanted to use the chip, fan | ||
46 | speed monitoring will or will not be possible. The proper chip configuration | ||
47 | is left to the BIOS, and the driver will blindly trust it. | ||
48 | |||
49 | A PWM output can be used to control the speed of the fan. The LM63 has two | ||
50 | PWM modes: manual and automatic. Automatic mode is not fully implemented yet | ||
51 | (you cannot define your custom PWM/temperature curve), and mode change isn't | ||
52 | supported either. | ||
53 | |||
54 | The lm63 driver will not update its values more frequently than every | ||
55 | second; reading them more often will do no harm, but will return 'old' | ||
56 | values. | ||
57 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm75 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm75 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8e6356fe05d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm75 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver lm75 | ||
2 | ================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * National Semiconductor LM75 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'lm75' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
9 | http://www.national.com/ | ||
10 | * Dallas Semiconductor DS75 | ||
11 | Prefix: 'lm75' | ||
12 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f | ||
13 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Dallas Semiconductor website | ||
14 | http://www.maxim-ic.com/ | ||
15 | * Dallas Semiconductor DS1775 | ||
16 | Prefix: 'lm75' | ||
17 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f | ||
18 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Dallas Semiconductor website | ||
19 | http://www.maxim-ic.com/ | ||
20 | * Maxim MAX6625, MAX6626 | ||
21 | Prefix: 'lm75' | ||
22 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4b | ||
23 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website | ||
24 | http://www.maxim-ic.com/ | ||
25 | * Microchip (TelCom) TCN75 | ||
26 | Prefix: 'lm75' | ||
27 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f | ||
28 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Microchip website | ||
29 | http://www.microchip.com/ | ||
30 | |||
31 | Author: Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl> | ||
32 | |||
33 | Description | ||
34 | ----------- | ||
35 | |||
36 | The LM75 implements one temperature sensor. Limits can be set through the | ||
37 | Overtemperature Shutdown register and Hysteresis register. Each value can be | ||
38 | set and read to half-degree accuracy. | ||
39 | An alarm is issued (usually to a connected LM78) when the temperature | ||
40 | gets higher then the Overtemperature Shutdown value; it stays on until | ||
41 | the temperature falls below the Hysteresis value. | ||
42 | All temperatures are in degrees Celsius, and are guaranteed within a | ||
43 | range of -55 to +125 degrees. | ||
44 | |||
45 | The LM75 only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often | ||
46 | will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. | ||
47 | |||
48 | The LM75 is usually used in combination with LM78-like chips, to measure | ||
49 | the temperature of the processor(s). | ||
50 | |||
51 | The DS75, DS1775, MAX6625, and MAX6626 are supported as well. | ||
52 | They are not distinguished from an LM75. While most of these chips | ||
53 | have three additional bits of accuracy (12 vs. 9 for the LM75), | ||
54 | the additional bits are not supported. Not only that, but these chips will | ||
55 | not be detected if not in 9-bit precision mode (use the force parameter if | ||
56 | needed). | ||
57 | |||
58 | The TCN75 is supported as well, and is not distinguished from an LM75. | ||
59 | |||
60 | The LM75 is essentially an industry standard; there may be other | ||
61 | LM75 clones not listed here, with or without various enhancements, | ||
62 | that are supported. | ||
63 | |||
64 | The LM77 is not supported, contrary to what we pretended for a long time. | ||
65 | Both chips are simply not compatible, value encoding differs. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm77 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm77 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..57c3a46d6370 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm77 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver lm77 | ||
2 | ================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * National Semiconductor LM77 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'lm77' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4b | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
9 | http://www.national.com/ | ||
10 | |||
11 | Author: Andras BALI <drewie@freemail.hu> | ||
12 | |||
13 | Description | ||
14 | ----------- | ||
15 | |||
16 | The LM77 implements one temperature sensor. The temperature | ||
17 | sensor incorporates a band-gap type temperature sensor, | ||
18 | 10-bit ADC, and a digital comparator with user-programmable upper | ||
19 | and lower limit values. | ||
20 | |||
21 | Limits can be set through the Overtemperature Shutdown register and | ||
22 | Hysteresis register. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm78 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm78 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..357086ed7f64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm78 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver lm78 | ||
2 | ================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * National Semiconductor LM78 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'lm78' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x2f, ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports) | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
9 | http://www.national.com/ | ||
10 | * National Semiconductor LM78-J | ||
11 | Prefix: 'lm78-j' | ||
12 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x2f, ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports) | ||
13 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
14 | http://www.national.com/ | ||
15 | * National Semiconductor LM79 | ||
16 | Prefix: 'lm79' | ||
17 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x2f, ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports) | ||
18 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
19 | http://www.national.com/ | ||
20 | |||
21 | Author: Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl> | ||
22 | |||
23 | Description | ||
24 | ----------- | ||
25 | |||
26 | This driver implements support for the National Semiconductor LM78, LM78-J | ||
27 | and LM79. They are described as 'Microprocessor System Hardware Monitors'. | ||
28 | |||
29 | There is almost no difference between the three supported chips. Functionally, | ||
30 | the LM78 and LM78-J are exactly identical. The LM79 has one more VID line, | ||
31 | which is used to report the lower voltages newer Pentium processors use. | ||
32 | From here on, LM7* means either of these three types. | ||
33 | |||
34 | The LM7* implements one temperature sensor, three fan rotation speed sensors, | ||
35 | seven voltage sensors, VID lines, alarms, and some miscellaneous stuff. | ||
36 | |||
37 | Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once | ||
38 | when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed; it is triggered again | ||
39 | as soon as it drops below the Hysteresis value. A more useful behavior | ||
40 | can be found by setting the Hysteresis value to +127 degrees Celsius; in | ||
41 | this case, alarms are issued during all the time when the actual temperature | ||
42 | is above the Overtemperature Shutdown value. Measurements are guaranteed | ||
43 | between -55 and +125 degrees, with a resolution of 1 degree. | ||
44 | |||
45 | Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is | ||
46 | triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan | ||
47 | readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to give | ||
48 | the readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can accurately be | ||
49 | represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider of 2, the lowest | ||
50 | representable value is around 2600 RPM. | ||
51 | |||
52 | Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in volts. | ||
53 | An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum | ||
54 | or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to | ||
55 | zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage | ||
56 | inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution | ||
57 | of 0.016 volt. | ||
58 | |||
59 | The VID lines encode the core voltage value: the voltage level your processor | ||
60 | should work with. This is hardcoded by the mainboard and/or processor itself. | ||
61 | It is a value in volts. When it is unconnected, you will often find the | ||
62 | value 3.50 V here. | ||
63 | |||
64 | In addition to the alarms described above, there are a couple of additional | ||
65 | ones. There is a BTI alarm, which gets triggered when an external chip has | ||
66 | crossed its limits. Usually, this is connected to all LM75 chips; if at | ||
67 | least one crosses its limits, this bit gets set. The CHAS alarm triggers | ||
68 | if your computer case is open. The FIFO alarms should never trigger; it | ||
69 | indicates an internal error. The SMI_IN alarm indicates some other chip | ||
70 | has triggered an SMI interrupt. As we do not use SMI interrupts at all, | ||
71 | this condition usually indicates there is a problem with some other | ||
72 | device. | ||
73 | |||
74 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
75 | is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may | ||
76 | already have disappeared! Note that in the current implementation, all | ||
77 | hardware registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less | ||
78 | than 1.5 seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily | ||
79 | miss once-only alarms. | ||
80 | |||
81 | The LM7* only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often | ||
82 | will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm80 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm80 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cb5b407ba3e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm80 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver lm80 | ||
2 | ================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * National Semiconductor LM80 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'lm80' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
9 | http://www.national.com/ | ||
10 | |||
11 | Authors: | ||
12 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
13 | Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com> | ||
14 | |||
15 | Description | ||
16 | ----------- | ||
17 | |||
18 | This driver implements support for the National Semiconductor LM80. | ||
19 | It is described as a 'Serial Interface ACPI-Compatible Microprocessor | ||
20 | System Hardware Monitor'. | ||
21 | |||
22 | The LM80 implements one temperature sensor, two fan rotation speed sensors, | ||
23 | seven voltage sensors, alarms, and some miscellaneous stuff. | ||
24 | |||
25 | Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. There are two sets of limits | ||
26 | which operate independently. When the HOT Temperature Limit is crossed, | ||
27 | this will cause an alarm that will be reasserted until the temperature | ||
28 | drops below the HOT Hysteresis. The Overtemperature Shutdown (OS) limits | ||
29 | should work in the same way (but this must be checked; the datasheet | ||
30 | is unclear about this). Measurements are guaranteed between -55 and | ||
31 | +125 degrees. The current temperature measurement has a resolution of | ||
32 | 0.0625 degrees; the limits have a resolution of 1 degree. | ||
33 | |||
34 | Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is | ||
35 | triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan | ||
36 | readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to give | ||
37 | the readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can accurately be | ||
38 | represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider of 2, the lowest | ||
39 | representable value is around 2600 RPM. | ||
40 | |||
41 | Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in volts. | ||
42 | An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum | ||
43 | or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to | ||
44 | zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage | ||
45 | inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 2.55 volts, with a resolution | ||
46 | of 0.01 volt. | ||
47 | |||
48 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
49 | is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may | ||
50 | already have disappeared! Note that in the current implementation, all | ||
51 | hardware registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less | ||
52 | than 2.0 seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily | ||
53 | miss once-only alarms. | ||
54 | |||
55 | The LM80 only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often | ||
56 | will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm83 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm83 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..061d9ed8ff43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm83 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver lm83 | ||
2 | ================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * National Semiconductor LM83 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'lm83' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
9 | http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM83.html | ||
10 | |||
11 | |||
12 | Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
13 | |||
14 | Description | ||
15 | ----------- | ||
16 | |||
17 | The LM83 is a digital temperature sensor. It senses its own temperature as | ||
18 | well as the temperature of up to three external diodes. It is compatible | ||
19 | with many other devices such as the LM84 and all other ADM1021 clones. | ||
20 | The main difference between the LM83 and the LM84 in that the later can | ||
21 | only sense the temperature of one external diode. | ||
22 | |||
23 | Using the adm1021 driver for a LM83 should work, but only two temperatures | ||
24 | will be reported instead of four. | ||
25 | |||
26 | The LM83 is only found on a handful of motherboards. Both a confirmed | ||
27 | list and an unconfirmed list follow. If you can confirm or infirm the | ||
28 | fact that any of these motherboards do actually have an LM83, please | ||
29 | contact us. Note that the LM90 can easily be misdetected as a LM83. | ||
30 | |||
31 | Confirmed motherboards: | ||
32 | SBS P014 | ||
33 | |||
34 | Unconfirmed motherboards: | ||
35 | Gigabyte GA-8IK1100 | ||
36 | Iwill MPX2 | ||
37 | Soltek SL-75DRV5 | ||
38 | |||
39 | The driver has been successfully tested by Magnus Forsström, who I'd | ||
40 | like to thank here. More testers will be of course welcome. | ||
41 | |||
42 | The fact that the LM83 is only scarcely used can be easily explained. | ||
43 | Most motherboards come with more than just temperature sensors for | ||
44 | health monitoring. They also have voltage and fan rotation speed | ||
45 | sensors. This means that temperature-only chips are usually used as | ||
46 | secondary chips coupled with another chip such as an IT8705F or similar | ||
47 | chip, which provides more features. Since systems usually need three | ||
48 | temperature sensors (motherboard, processor, power supply) and primary | ||
49 | chips provide some temperature sensors, the secondary chip, if needed, | ||
50 | won't have to handle more than two temperatures. Thus, ADM1021 clones | ||
51 | are sufficient, and there is no need for a four temperatures sensor | ||
52 | chip such as the LM83. The only case where using an LM83 would make | ||
53 | sense is on SMP systems, such as the above-mentioned Iwill MPX2, | ||
54 | because you want an additional temperature sensor for each additional | ||
55 | CPU. | ||
56 | |||
57 | On the SBS P014, this is different, since the LM83 is the only hardware | ||
58 | monitoring chipset. One temperature sensor is used for the motherboard | ||
59 | (actually measuring the LM83's own temperature), one is used for the | ||
60 | CPU. The two other sensors must be used to measure the temperature of | ||
61 | two other points of the motherboard. We suspect these points to be the | ||
62 | north and south bridges, but this couldn't be confirmed. | ||
63 | |||
64 | All temperature values are given in degrees Celsius. Local temperature | ||
65 | is given within a range of 0 to +85 degrees. Remote temperatures are | ||
66 | given within a range of 0 to +125 degrees. Resolution is 1.0 degree, | ||
67 | accuracy is guaranteed to 3.0 degrees (see the datasheet for more | ||
68 | details). | ||
69 | |||
70 | Each sensor has its own high limit, but the critical limit is common to | ||
71 | all four sensors. There is no hysteresis mechanism as found on most | ||
72 | recent temperature sensors. | ||
73 | |||
74 | The lm83 driver will not update its values more frequently than every | ||
75 | other second; reading them more often will do no harm, but will return | ||
76 | 'old' values. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm85 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm85 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9549237530cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm85 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver lm85 | ||
2 | ================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * National Semiconductor LM85 (B and C versions) | ||
6 | Prefix: 'lm85' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e | ||
8 | Datasheet: http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM85.html | ||
9 | * Analog Devices ADM1027 | ||
10 | Prefix: 'adm1027' | ||
11 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e | ||
12 | Datasheet: http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0,,766_825_ADM1027,00.html | ||
13 | * Analog Devices ADT7463 | ||
14 | Prefix: 'adt7463' | ||
15 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e | ||
16 | Datasheet: http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0,,766_825_ADT7463,00.html | ||
17 | * SMSC EMC6D100, SMSC EMC6D101 | ||
18 | Prefix: 'emc6d100' | ||
19 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e | ||
20 | Datasheet: http://www.smsc.com/main/tools/discontinued/6d100.pdf | ||
21 | * SMSC EMC6D102 | ||
22 | Prefix: 'emc6d102' | ||
23 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e | ||
24 | Datasheet: http://www.smsc.com/main/catalog/emc6d102.html | ||
25 | |||
26 | Authors: | ||
27 | Philip Pokorny <ppokorny@penguincomputing.com>, | ||
28 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
29 | Richard Barrington <rich_b_nz@clear.net.nz>, | ||
30 | Margit Schubert-While <margitsw@t-online.de>, | ||
31 | Justin Thiessen <jthiessen@penguincomputing.com> | ||
32 | |||
33 | Description | ||
34 | ----------- | ||
35 | |||
36 | This driver implements support for the National Semiconductor LM85 and | ||
37 | compatible chips including the Analog Devices ADM1027, ADT7463 and | ||
38 | SMSC EMC6D10x chips family. | ||
39 | |||
40 | The LM85 uses the 2-wire interface compatible with the SMBUS 2.0 | ||
41 | specification. Using an analog to digital converter it measures three (3) | ||
42 | temperatures and five (5) voltages. It has four (4) 16-bit counters for | ||
43 | measuring fan speed. Five (5) digital inputs are provided for sampling the | ||
44 | VID signals from the processor to the VRM. Lastly, there are three (3) PWM | ||
45 | outputs that can be used to control fan speed. | ||
46 | |||
47 | The voltage inputs have internal scaling resistors so that the following | ||
48 | voltage can be measured without external resistors: | ||
49 | |||
50 | 2.5V, 3.3V, 5V, 12V, and CPU core voltage (2.25V) | ||
51 | |||
52 | The temperatures measured are one internal diode, and two remote diodes. | ||
53 | Remote 1 is generally the CPU temperature. These inputs are designed to | ||
54 | measure a thermal diode like the one in a Pentium 4 processor in a socket | ||
55 | 423 or socket 478 package. They can also measure temperature using a | ||
56 | transistor like the 2N3904. | ||
57 | |||
58 | A sophisticated control system for the PWM outputs is designed into the | ||
59 | LM85 that allows fan speed to be adjusted automatically based on any of the | ||
60 | three temperature sensors. Each PWM output is individually adjustable and | ||
61 | programmable. Once configured, the LM85 will adjust the PWM outputs in | ||
62 | response to the measured temperatures without further host intervention. | ||
63 | This feature can also be disabled for manual control of the PWM's. | ||
64 | |||
65 | Each of the measured inputs (voltage, temperature, fan speed) has | ||
66 | corresponding high/low limit values. The LM85 will signal an ALARM if any | ||
67 | measured value exceeds either limit. | ||
68 | |||
69 | The LM85 samples all inputs continuously. The lm85 driver will not read | ||
70 | the registers more often than once a second. Further, configuration data is | ||
71 | only read once each 5 minutes. There is twice as much config data as | ||
72 | measurements, so this would seem to be a worthwhile optimization. | ||
73 | |||
74 | Special Features | ||
75 | ---------------- | ||
76 | |||
77 | The LM85 has four fan speed monitoring modes. The ADM1027 has only two. | ||
78 | Both have special circuitry to compensate for PWM interactions with the | ||
79 | TACH signal from the fans. The ADM1027 can be configured to measure the | ||
80 | speed of a two wire fan, but the input conditioning circuitry is different | ||
81 | for 3-wire and 2-wire mode. For this reason, the 2-wire fan modes are not | ||
82 | exposed to user control. The BIOS should initialize them to the correct | ||
83 | mode. If you've designed your own ADM1027, you'll have to modify the | ||
84 | init_client function and add an insmod parameter to set this up. | ||
85 | |||
86 | To smooth the response of fans to changes in temperature, the LM85 has an | ||
87 | optional filter for smoothing temperatures. The ADM1027 has the same | ||
88 | config option but uses it to rate limit the changes to fan speed instead. | ||
89 | |||
90 | The ADM1027 and ADT7463 have a 10-bit ADC and can therefore measure | ||
91 | temperatures with 0.25 degC resolution. They also provide an offset to the | ||
92 | temperature readings that is automatically applied during measurement. | ||
93 | This offset can be used to zero out any errors due to traces and placement. | ||
94 | The documentation says that the offset is in 0.25 degC steps, but in | ||
95 | initial testing of the ADM1027 it was 1.00 degC steps. Analog Devices has | ||
96 | confirmed this "bug". The ADT7463 is reported to work as described in the | ||
97 | documentation. The current lm85 driver does not show the offset register. | ||
98 | |||
99 | The ADT7463 has a THERM asserted counter. This counter has a 22.76ms | ||
100 | resolution and a range of 5.8 seconds. The driver implements a 32-bit | ||
101 | accumulator of the counter value to extend the range to over a year. The | ||
102 | counter will stay at it's max value until read. | ||
103 | |||
104 | See the vendor datasheets for more information. There is application note | ||
105 | from National (AN-1260) with some additional information about the LM85. | ||
106 | The Analog Devices datasheet is very detailed and describes a procedure for | ||
107 | determining an optimal configuration for the automatic PWM control. | ||
108 | |||
109 | The SMSC EMC6D100 & EMC6D101 monitor external voltages, temperatures, and | ||
110 | fan speeds. They use this monitoring capability to alert the system to out | ||
111 | of limit conditions and can automatically control the speeds of multiple | ||
112 | fans in a PC or embedded system. The EMC6D101, available in a 24-pin SSOP | ||
113 | package, and the EMC6D100, available in a 28-pin SSOP package, are designed | ||
114 | to be register compatible. The EMC6D100 offers all the features of the | ||
115 | EMC6D101 plus additional voltage monitoring and system control features. | ||
116 | Unfortunately it is not possible to distinguish between the package | ||
117 | versions on register level so these additional voltage inputs may read | ||
118 | zero. The EMC6D102 features addtional ADC bits thus extending precision | ||
119 | of voltage and temperature channels. | ||
120 | |||
121 | |||
122 | Hardware Configurations | ||
123 | ----------------------- | ||
124 | |||
125 | The LM85 can be jumpered for 3 different SMBus addresses. There are | ||
126 | no other hardware configuration options for the LM85. | ||
127 | |||
128 | The lm85 driver detects both LM85B and LM85C revisions of the chip. See the | ||
129 | datasheet for a complete description of the differences. Other than | ||
130 | identifying the chip, the driver behaves no differently with regard to | ||
131 | these two chips. The LM85B is recommended for new designs. | ||
132 | |||
133 | The ADM1027 and ADT7463 chips have an optional SMBALERT output that can be | ||
134 | used to signal the chipset in case a limit is exceeded or the temperature | ||
135 | sensors fail. Individual sensor interrupts can be masked so they won't | ||
136 | trigger SMBALERT. The SMBALERT output if configured replaces one of the other | ||
137 | functions (PWM2 or IN0). This functionality is not implemented in current | ||
138 | driver. | ||
139 | |||
140 | The ADT7463 also has an optional THERM output/input which can be connected | ||
141 | to the processor PROC_HOT output. If available, the autofan control | ||
142 | dynamic Tmin feature can be enabled to keep the system temperature within | ||
143 | spec (just?!) with the least possible fan noise. | ||
144 | |||
145 | Configuration Notes | ||
146 | ------------------- | ||
147 | |||
148 | Besides standard interfaces driver adds following: | ||
149 | |||
150 | * Temperatures and Zones | ||
151 | |||
152 | Each temperature sensor is associated with a Zone. There are three | ||
153 | sensors and therefore three zones (# 1, 2 and 3). Each zone has the following | ||
154 | temperature configuration points: | ||
155 | |||
156 | * temp#_auto_temp_off - temperature below which fans should be off or spinning very low. | ||
157 | * temp#_auto_temp_min - temperature over which fans start to spin. | ||
158 | * temp#_auto_temp_max - temperature when fans spin at full speed. | ||
159 | * temp#_auto_temp_crit - temperature when all fans will run full speed. | ||
160 | |||
161 | * PWM Control | ||
162 | |||
163 | There are three PWM outputs. The LM85 datasheet suggests that the | ||
164 | pwm3 output control both fan3 and fan4. Each PWM can be individually | ||
165 | configured and assigned to a zone for it's control value. Each PWM can be | ||
166 | configured individually according to the following options. | ||
167 | |||
168 | * pwm#_auto_pwm_min - this specifies the PWM value for temp#_auto_temp_off | ||
169 | temperature. (PWM value from 0 to 255) | ||
170 | |||
171 | * pwm#_auto_pwm_freq - select base frequency of PWM output. You can select | ||
172 | in range of 10.0 to 94.0 Hz in .1 Hz units. | ||
173 | (Values 100 to 940). | ||
174 | |||
175 | The pwm#_auto_pwm_freq can be set to one of the following 8 values. Setting the | ||
176 | frequency to a value not on this list, will result in the next higher frequency | ||
177 | being selected. The actual device frequency may vary slightly from this | ||
178 | specification as designed by the manufacturer. Consult the datasheet for more | ||
179 | details. (PWM Frequency values: 100, 150, 230, 300, 380, 470, 620, 940) | ||
180 | |||
181 | * pwm#_auto_pwm_minctl - this flags selects for temp#_auto_temp_off temperature | ||
182 | the bahaviour of fans. Write 1 to let fans spinning at | ||
183 | pwm#_auto_pwm_min or write 0 to let them off. | ||
184 | |||
185 | NOTE: It has been reported that there is a bug in the LM85 that causes the flag | ||
186 | to be associated with the zones not the PWMs. This contradicts all the | ||
187 | published documentation. Setting pwm#_min_ctl in this case actually affects all | ||
188 | PWMs controlled by zone '#'. | ||
189 | |||
190 | * PWM Controlling Zone selection | ||
191 | |||
192 | * pwm#_auto_channels - controls zone that is associated with PWM | ||
193 | |||
194 | Configuration choices: | ||
195 | |||
196 | Value Meaning | ||
197 | ------ ------------------------------------------------ | ||
198 | 1 Controlled by Zone 1 | ||
199 | 2 Controlled by Zone 2 | ||
200 | 3 Controlled by Zone 3 | ||
201 | 23 Controlled by higher temp of Zone 2 or 3 | ||
202 | 123 Controlled by highest temp of Zone 1, 2 or 3 | ||
203 | 0 PWM always 0% (off) | ||
204 | -1 PWM always 100% (full on) | ||
205 | -2 Manual control (write to 'pwm#' to set) | ||
206 | |||
207 | The National LM85's have two vendor specific configuration | ||
208 | features. Tach. mode and Spinup Control. For more details on these, | ||
209 | see the LM85 datasheet or Application Note AN-1260. | ||
210 | |||
211 | The Analog Devices ADM1027 has several vendor specific enhancements. | ||
212 | The number of pulses-per-rev of the fans can be set, Tach monitoring | ||
213 | can be optimized for PWM operation, and an offset can be applied to | ||
214 | the temperatures to compensate for systemic errors in the | ||
215 | measurements. | ||
216 | |||
217 | In addition to the ADM1027 features, the ADT7463 also has Tmin control | ||
218 | and THERM asserted counts. Automatic Tmin control acts to adjust the | ||
219 | Tmin value to maintain the measured temperature sensor at a specified | ||
220 | temperature. There isn't much documentation on this feature in the | ||
221 | ADT7463 data sheet. This is not supported by current driver. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm87 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm87 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c952c57f0e11 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm87 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver lm87 | ||
2 | ================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * National Semiconductor LM87 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'lm87' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f | ||
8 | Datasheet: http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM87.html | ||
9 | |||
10 | Authors: | ||
11 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
12 | Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>, | ||
13 | Mark Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com>, | ||
14 | Stephen Rousset <stephen.rousset@rocketlogix.com>, | ||
15 | Dan Eaton <dan.eaton@rocketlogix.com>, | ||
16 | Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>, | ||
17 | Original 2.6 port Jeff Oliver | ||
18 | |||
19 | Description | ||
20 | ----------- | ||
21 | |||
22 | This driver implements support for the National Semiconductor LM87. | ||
23 | |||
24 | The LM87 implements up to three temperature sensors, up to two fan | ||
25 | rotation speed sensors, up to seven voltage sensors, alarms, and some | ||
26 | miscellaneous stuff. | ||
27 | |||
28 | Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. Each input has a high | ||
29 | and low alarm settings. A high limit produces an alarm when the value | ||
30 | goes above it, and an alarm is also produced when the value goes below | ||
31 | the low limit. | ||
32 | |||
33 | Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is | ||
34 | triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan | ||
35 | readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to give | ||
36 | the readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can accurately be | ||
37 | represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider of 2, the lowest | ||
38 | representable value is around 2600 RPM. | ||
39 | |||
40 | Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in | ||
41 | volts. An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable | ||
42 | minimum or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means | ||
43 | 'closest to zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. | ||
44 | |||
45 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
46 | is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may | ||
47 | already have disappeared! Note that in the current implementation, all | ||
48 | hardware registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less | ||
49 | than 1.0 seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily | ||
50 | miss once-only alarms. | ||
51 | |||
52 | The lm87 driver only updates its values each 1.0 seconds; reading it more | ||
53 | often will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. | ||
54 | |||
55 | |||
56 | Hardware Configurations | ||
57 | ----------------------- | ||
58 | |||
59 | The LM87 has four pins which can serve one of two possible functions, | ||
60 | depending on the hardware configuration. | ||
61 | |||
62 | Some functions share pins, so not all functions are available at the same | ||
63 | time. Which are depends on the hardware setup. This driver assumes that | ||
64 | the BIOS configured the chip correctly. In that respect, it differs from | ||
65 | the original driver (from lm_sensors for Linux 2.4), which would force the | ||
66 | LM87 to an arbitrary, compile-time chosen mode, regardless of the actual | ||
67 | chipset wiring. | ||
68 | |||
69 | For reference, here is the list of exclusive functions: | ||
70 | - in0+in5 (default) or temp3 | ||
71 | - fan1 (default) or in6 | ||
72 | - fan2 (default) or in7 | ||
73 | - VID lines (default) or IRQ lines (not handled by this driver) | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm90 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm90 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2c4cf39471f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm90 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver lm90 | ||
2 | ================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * National Semiconductor LM90 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'lm90' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
9 | http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM90.html | ||
10 | * National Semiconductor LM89 | ||
11 | Prefix: 'lm99' | ||
12 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c and 0x4d | ||
13 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
14 | http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM89.html | ||
15 | * National Semiconductor LM99 | ||
16 | Prefix: 'lm99' | ||
17 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c and 0x4d | ||
18 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
19 | http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM99.html | ||
20 | * National Semiconductor LM86 | ||
21 | Prefix: 'lm86' | ||
22 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c | ||
23 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
24 | http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM86.html | ||
25 | * Analog Devices ADM1032 | ||
26 | Prefix: 'adm1032' | ||
27 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c | ||
28 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website | ||
29 | http://products.analog.com/products/info.asp?product=ADM1032 | ||
30 | * Analog Devices ADT7461 | ||
31 | Prefix: 'adt7461' | ||
32 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c | ||
33 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website | ||
34 | http://products.analog.com/products/info.asp?product=ADT7461 | ||
35 | Note: Only if in ADM1032 compatibility mode | ||
36 | * Maxim MAX6657 | ||
37 | Prefix: 'max6657' | ||
38 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c | ||
39 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website | ||
40 | http://www.maxim-ic.com/quick_view2.cfm/qv_pk/2578 | ||
41 | * Maxim MAX6658 | ||
42 | Prefix: 'max6657' | ||
43 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c | ||
44 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website | ||
45 | http://www.maxim-ic.com/quick_view2.cfm/qv_pk/2578 | ||
46 | * Maxim MAX6659 | ||
47 | Prefix: 'max6657' | ||
48 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c, 0x4d (unsupported 0x4e) | ||
49 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website | ||
50 | http://www.maxim-ic.com/quick_view2.cfm/qv_pk/2578 | ||
51 | |||
52 | |||
53 | Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
54 | |||
55 | |||
56 | Description | ||
57 | ----------- | ||
58 | |||
59 | The LM90 is a digital temperature sensor. It senses its own temperature as | ||
60 | well as the temperature of up to one external diode. It is compatible | ||
61 | with many other devices such as the LM86, the LM89, the LM99, the ADM1032, | ||
62 | the MAX6657, MAX6658 and the MAX6659 all of which are supported by this driver. | ||
63 | Note that there is no easy way to differentiate between the last three | ||
64 | variants. The extra address and features of the MAX6659 are not supported by | ||
65 | this driver. Additionally, the ADT7461 is supported if found in ADM1032 | ||
66 | compatibility mode. | ||
67 | |||
68 | The specificity of this family of chipsets over the ADM1021/LM84 | ||
69 | family is that it features critical limits with hysteresis, and an | ||
70 | increased resolution of the remote temperature measurement. | ||
71 | |||
72 | The different chipsets of the family are not strictly identical, although | ||
73 | very similar. This driver doesn't handle any specific feature for now, | ||
74 | but could if there ever was a need for it. For reference, here comes a | ||
75 | non-exhaustive list of specific features: | ||
76 | |||
77 | LM90: | ||
78 | * Filter and alert configuration register at 0xBF. | ||
79 | * ALERT is triggered by temperatures over critical limits. | ||
80 | |||
81 | LM86 and LM89: | ||
82 | * Same as LM90 | ||
83 | * Better external channel accuracy | ||
84 | |||
85 | LM99: | ||
86 | * Same as LM89 | ||
87 | * External temperature shifted by 16 degrees down | ||
88 | |||
89 | ADM1032: | ||
90 | * Consecutive alert register at 0x22. | ||
91 | * Conversion averaging. | ||
92 | * Up to 64 conversions/s. | ||
93 | * ALERT is triggered by open remote sensor. | ||
94 | |||
95 | ADT7461 | ||
96 | * Extended temperature range (breaks compatibility) | ||
97 | * Lower resolution for remote temperature | ||
98 | |||
99 | MAX6657 and MAX6658: | ||
100 | * Remote sensor type selection | ||
101 | |||
102 | MAX6659 | ||
103 | * Selectable address | ||
104 | * Second critical temperature limit | ||
105 | * Remote sensor type selection | ||
106 | |||
107 | All temperature values are given in degrees Celsius. Resolution | ||
108 | is 1.0 degree for the local temperature, 0.125 degree for the remote | ||
109 | temperature. | ||
110 | |||
111 | Each sensor has its own high and low limits, plus a critical limit. | ||
112 | Additionally, there is a relative hysteresis value common to both critical | ||
113 | values. To make life easier to user-space applications, two absolute values | ||
114 | are exported, one for each channel, but these values are of course linked. | ||
115 | Only the local hysteresis can be set from user-space, and the same delta | ||
116 | applies to the remote hysteresis. | ||
117 | |||
118 | The lm90 driver will not update its values more frequently than every | ||
119 | other second; reading them more often will do no harm, but will return | ||
120 | 'old' values. | ||
121 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm92 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm92 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7705bfaa0708 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/lm92 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver lm92 | ||
2 | ================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * National Semiconductor LM92 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'lm92' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4b | ||
8 | Datasheet: http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM92.html | ||
9 | * National Semiconductor LM76 | ||
10 | Prefix: 'lm92' | ||
11 | Addresses scanned: none, force parameter needed | ||
12 | Datasheet: http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM76.html | ||
13 | * Maxim MAX6633/MAX6634/MAX6635 | ||
14 | Prefix: 'lm92' | ||
15 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4b | ||
16 | MAX6633 with address in 0x40 - 0x47, 0x4c - 0x4f needs force parameter | ||
17 | and MAX6634 with address in 0x4c - 0x4f needs force parameter | ||
18 | Datasheet: http://www.maxim-ic.com/quick_view2.cfm/qv_pk/3074 | ||
19 | |||
20 | Authors: | ||
21 | Abraham van der Merwe <abraham@2d3d.co.za> | ||
22 | Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
23 | |||
24 | |||
25 | Description | ||
26 | ----------- | ||
27 | |||
28 | This driver implements support for the National Semiconductor LM92 | ||
29 | temperature sensor. | ||
30 | |||
31 | Each LM92 temperature sensor supports a single temperature sensor. There are | ||
32 | alarms for high, low, and critical thresholds. There's also an hysteresis to | ||
33 | control the thresholds for resetting alarms. | ||
34 | |||
35 | Support was added later for the LM76 and Maxim MAX6633/MAX6634/MAX6635, | ||
36 | which are mostly compatible. They have not all been tested, so you | ||
37 | may need to use the force parameter. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/max1619 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/max1619 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d6f8d9cd7d7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/max1619 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver max1619 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Maxim MAX1619 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'max1619' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18-0x1a, 0x29-0x2b, 0x4c-0x4e | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website | ||
9 | http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX1619.pdf | ||
10 | |||
11 | Authors: | ||
12 | Alexey Fisher <fishor@mail.ru>, | ||
13 | Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
14 | |||
15 | Description | ||
16 | ----------- | ||
17 | |||
18 | The MAX1619 is a digital temperature sensor. It senses its own temperature as | ||
19 | well as the temperature of up to one external diode. | ||
20 | |||
21 | All temperature values are given in degrees Celsius. Resolution | ||
22 | is 1.0 degree for the local temperature and for the remote temperature. | ||
23 | |||
24 | Only the external sensor has high and low limits. | ||
25 | |||
26 | The max1619 driver will not update its values more frequently than every | ||
27 | other second; reading them more often will do no harm, but will return | ||
28 | 'old' values. | ||
29 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/max6875 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/max6875 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b4fb49b41813 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/max6875 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver max6875 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Maxim max6874, max6875 | ||
6 | Prefixes: 'max6875' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: 0x50, 0x52 | ||
8 | Datasheets: | ||
9 | http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6874-MAX6875.pdf | ||
10 | |||
11 | Author: Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com> | ||
12 | |||
13 | |||
14 | Module Parameters | ||
15 | ----------------- | ||
16 | |||
17 | * allow_write int | ||
18 | Set to non-zero to enable write permission: | ||
19 | *0: Read only | ||
20 | 1: Read and write | ||
21 | |||
22 | |||
23 | Description | ||
24 | ----------- | ||
25 | |||
26 | The MAXIM max6875 is a EEPROM-programmable power-supply sequencer/supervisor. | ||
27 | It provides timed outputs that can be used as a watchdog, if properly wired. | ||
28 | It also provides 512 bytes of user EEPROM. | ||
29 | |||
30 | At reset, the max6875 reads the configuration eeprom into its configuration | ||
31 | registers. The chip then begins to operate according to the values in the | ||
32 | registers. | ||
33 | |||
34 | See the datasheet for details on how to program the EEPROM. | ||
35 | |||
36 | |||
37 | Sysfs entries | ||
38 | ------------- | ||
39 | |||
40 | eeprom_user - 512 bytes of user-defined EEPROM space. Only writable if | ||
41 | allow_write was set and register 0x43 is 0. | ||
42 | |||
43 | eeprom_config - 70 bytes of config EEPROM. Note that changes will not get | ||
44 | loaded into register space until a power cycle or device reset. | ||
45 | |||
46 | reg_config - 70 bytes of register space. Any changes take affect immediately. | ||
47 | |||
48 | |||
49 | General Remarks | ||
50 | --------------- | ||
51 | |||
52 | A typical application will require that the EEPROMs be programmed once and | ||
53 | never altered afterwards. | ||
54 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pc87360 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pc87360 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..89a8fcfa78df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pc87360 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver pc87360 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * National Semiconductor PC87360, PC87363, PC87364, PC87365 and PC87366 | ||
6 | Prefixes: 'pc87360', 'pc87363', 'pc87364', 'pc87365', 'pc87366' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space | ||
8 | Datasheets: | ||
9 | http://www.national.com/pf/PC/PC87360.html | ||
10 | http://www.national.com/pf/PC/PC87363.html | ||
11 | http://www.national.com/pf/PC/PC87364.html | ||
12 | http://www.national.com/pf/PC/PC87365.html | ||
13 | http://www.national.com/pf/PC/PC87366.html | ||
14 | |||
15 | Authors: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
16 | |||
17 | Thanks to Sandeep Mehta, Tonko de Rooy and Daniel Ceregatti for testing. | ||
18 | Thanks to Rudolf Marek for helping me investigate conversion issues. | ||
19 | |||
20 | |||
21 | Module Parameters | ||
22 | ----------------- | ||
23 | |||
24 | * init int | ||
25 | Chip initialization level: | ||
26 | 0: None | ||
27 | *1: Forcibly enable internal voltage and temperature channels, except in9 | ||
28 | 2: Forcibly enable all voltage and temperature channels, except in9 | ||
29 | 3: Forcibly enable all voltage and temperature channels, including in9 | ||
30 | |||
31 | Note that this parameter has no effect for the PC87360, PC87363 and PC87364 | ||
32 | chips. | ||
33 | |||
34 | Also note that for the PC87366, initialization levels 2 and 3 don't enable | ||
35 | all temperature channels, because some of them share pins with each other, | ||
36 | so they can't be used at the same time. | ||
37 | |||
38 | |||
39 | Description | ||
40 | ----------- | ||
41 | |||
42 | The National Semiconductor PC87360 Super I/O chip contains monitoring and | ||
43 | PWM control circuitry for two fans. The PC87363 chip is similar, and the | ||
44 | PC87364 chip has monitoring and PWM control for a third fan. | ||
45 | |||
46 | The National Semiconductor PC87365 and PC87366 Super I/O chips are complete | ||
47 | hardware monitoring chipsets, not only controlling and monitoring three fans, | ||
48 | but also monitoring eleven voltage inputs and two (PC87365) or up to four | ||
49 | (PC87366) temperatures. | ||
50 | |||
51 | Chip #vin #fan #pwm #temp devid | ||
52 | |||
53 | PC87360 - 2 2 - 0xE1 | ||
54 | PC87363 - 2 2 - 0xE8 | ||
55 | PC87364 - 3 3 - 0xE4 | ||
56 | PC87365 11 3 3 2 0xE5 | ||
57 | PC87366 11 3 3 3-4 0xE9 | ||
58 | |||
59 | The driver assumes that no more than one chip is present, and one of the | ||
60 | standard Super I/O addresses is used (0x2E/0x2F or 0x4E/0x4F) | ||
61 | |||
62 | Fan Monitoring | ||
63 | -------------- | ||
64 | |||
65 | Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (revolutions per minute). An alarm | ||
66 | is triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. | ||
67 | A different alarm is triggered if the fan speed is too low to be measured. | ||
68 | |||
69 | Fan readings are affected by a programmable clock divider, giving the | ||
70 | readings more range or accuracy. Usually, users have to learn how it works, | ||
71 | but this driver implements dynamic clock divider selection, so you don't | ||
72 | have to care no more. | ||
73 | |||
74 | For reference, here are a few values about clock dividers: | ||
75 | |||
76 | slowest accuracy highest | ||
77 | measurable around 3000 accurate | ||
78 | divider speed (RPM) RPM (RPM) speed (RPM) | ||
79 | 1 1882 18 6928 | ||
80 | 2 941 37 4898 | ||
81 | 4 470 74 3464 | ||
82 | 8 235 150 2449 | ||
83 | |||
84 | For the curious, here is how the values above were computed: | ||
85 | * slowest measurable speed: clock/(255*divider) | ||
86 | * accuracy around 3000 RPM: 3000^2/clock | ||
87 | * highest accurate speed: sqrt(clock*100) | ||
88 | The clock speed for the PC87360 family is 480 kHz. I arbitrarily chose 100 | ||
89 | RPM as the lowest acceptable accuracy. | ||
90 | |||
91 | As mentioned above, you don't have to care about this no more. | ||
92 | |||
93 | Note that not all RPM values can be represented, even when the best clock | ||
94 | divider is selected. This is not only true for the measured speeds, but | ||
95 | also for the programmable low limits, so don't be surprised if you try to | ||
96 | set, say, fan1_min to 2900 and it finally reads 2909. | ||
97 | |||
98 | |||
99 | Fan Control | ||
100 | ----------- | ||
101 | |||
102 | PWM (pulse width modulation) values range from 0 to 255, with 0 meaning | ||
103 | that the fan is stopped, and 255 meaning that the fan goes at full speed. | ||
104 | |||
105 | Be extremely careful when changing PWM values. Low PWM values, even | ||
106 | non-zero, can stop the fan, which may cause irreversible damage to your | ||
107 | hardware if temperature increases too much. When changing PWM values, go | ||
108 | step by step and keep an eye on temperatures. | ||
109 | |||
110 | One user reported problems with PWM. Changing PWM values would break fan | ||
111 | speed readings. No explanation nor fix could be found. | ||
112 | |||
113 | |||
114 | Temperature Monitoring | ||
115 | ---------------------- | ||
116 | |||
117 | Temperatures are reported in degrees Celsius. Each temperature measured has | ||
118 | associated low, high and overtemperature limits, each of which triggers an | ||
119 | alarm when crossed. | ||
120 | |||
121 | The first two temperature channels are external. The third one (PC87366 | ||
122 | only) is internal. | ||
123 | |||
124 | The PC87366 has three additional temperature channels, based on | ||
125 | thermistors (as opposed to thermal diodes for the first three temperature | ||
126 | channels). For technical reasons, these channels are held by the VLM | ||
127 | (voltage level monitor) logical device, not the TMS (temperature | ||
128 | measurement) one. As a consequence, these temperatures are exported as | ||
129 | voltages, and converted into temperatures in user-space. | ||
130 | |||
131 | Note that these three additional channels share their pins with the | ||
132 | external thermal diode channels, so you (physically) can't use them all at | ||
133 | the same time. Although it should be possible to mix the two sensor types, | ||
134 | the documents from National Semiconductor suggest that motherboard | ||
135 | manufacturers should choose one type and stick to it. So you will more | ||
136 | likely have either channels 1 to 3 (thermal diodes) or 3 to 6 (internal | ||
137 | thermal diode, and thermistors). | ||
138 | |||
139 | |||
140 | Voltage Monitoring | ||
141 | ------------------ | ||
142 | |||
143 | Voltages are reported relatively to a reference voltage, either internal or | ||
144 | external. Some of them (in7:Vsb, in8:Vdd and in10:AVdd) are divided by two | ||
145 | internally, you will have to compensate in sensors.conf. Others (in0 to in6) | ||
146 | are likely to be divided externally. The meaning of each of these inputs as | ||
147 | well as the values of the resistors used for division is left to the | ||
148 | motherboard manufacturers, so you will have to document yourself and edit | ||
149 | sensors.conf accordingly. National Semiconductor has a document with | ||
150 | recommended resistor values for some voltages, but this still leaves much | ||
151 | room for per motherboard specificities, unfortunately. Even worse, | ||
152 | motherboard manufacturers don't seem to care about National Semiconductor's | ||
153 | recommendations. | ||
154 | |||
155 | Each voltage measured has associated low and high limits, each of which | ||
156 | triggers an alarm when crossed. | ||
157 | |||
158 | When available, VID inputs are used to provide the nominal CPU Core voltage. | ||
159 | The driver will default to VRM 9.0, but this can be changed from user-space. | ||
160 | The chipsets can handle two sets of VID inputs (on dual-CPU systems), but | ||
161 | the driver will only export one for now. This may change later if there is | ||
162 | a need. | ||
163 | |||
164 | |||
165 | General Remarks | ||
166 | --------------- | ||
167 | |||
168 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
169 | is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may already | ||
170 | have disappeared! Note that all hardware registers are read whenever any | ||
171 | data is read (unless it is less than 2 seconds since the last update, in | ||
172 | which case cached values are returned instead). As a consequence, when | ||
173 | a once-only alarm triggers, it may take 2 seconds for it to show, and 2 | ||
174 | more seconds for it to disappear. | ||
175 | |||
176 | Monitoring of in9 isn't enabled at lower init levels (<3) because that | ||
177 | channel measures the battery voltage (Vbat). It is a known fact that | ||
178 | repeatedly sampling the battery voltage reduces its lifetime. National | ||
179 | Semiconductor smartly designed their chipset so that in9 is sampled only | ||
180 | once every 1024 sampling cycles (that is every 34 minutes at the default | ||
181 | sampling rate), so the effect is attenuated, but still present. | ||
182 | |||
183 | |||
184 | Limitations | ||
185 | ----------- | ||
186 | |||
187 | The datasheets suggests that some values (fan mins, fan dividers) | ||
188 | shouldn't be changed once the monitoring has started, but we ignore that | ||
189 | recommendation. We'll reconsider if it actually causes trouble. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pca9539 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pca9539 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c4fce6a13537 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pca9539 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver pca9539 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Philips PCA9539 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'pca9539' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: 0x74 - 0x77 | ||
8 | Datasheet: | ||
9 | http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/acrobat/datasheets/PCA9539_2.pdf | ||
10 | |||
11 | Author: Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com> | ||
12 | |||
13 | |||
14 | Description | ||
15 | ----------- | ||
16 | |||
17 | The Philips PCA9539 is a 16 bit low power I/O device. | ||
18 | All 16 lines can be individually configured as an input or output. | ||
19 | The input sense can also be inverted. | ||
20 | The 16 lines are split between two bytes. | ||
21 | |||
22 | |||
23 | Sysfs entries | ||
24 | ------------- | ||
25 | |||
26 | Each is a byte that maps to the 8 I/O bits. | ||
27 | A '0' suffix is for bits 0-7, while '1' is for bits 8-15. | ||
28 | |||
29 | input[01] - read the current value | ||
30 | output[01] - sets the output value | ||
31 | direction[01] - direction of each bit: 1=input, 0=output | ||
32 | invert[01] - toggle the input bit sense | ||
33 | |||
34 | input reads the actual state of the line and is always available. | ||
35 | The direction defaults to input for all channels. | ||
36 | |||
37 | |||
38 | General Remarks | ||
39 | --------------- | ||
40 | |||
41 | Note that each output, direction, and invert entry controls 8 lines. | ||
42 | You should use the read, modify, write sequence. | ||
43 | For example. to set output bit 0 of 1. | ||
44 | val=$(cat output0) | ||
45 | val=$(( $val | 1 )) | ||
46 | echo $val > output0 | ||
47 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8574 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8574 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2752c8ce3167 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8574 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver pcf8574 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Philips PCF8574 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'pcf8574' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x27 | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips Semiconductors website | ||
9 | http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/PCF8574P.html | ||
10 | |||
11 | * Philips PCF8574A | ||
12 | Prefix: 'pcf8574a' | ||
13 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x38 - 0x3f | ||
14 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips Semiconductors website | ||
15 | http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/PCF8574P.html | ||
16 | |||
17 | Authors: | ||
18 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
19 | Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>, | ||
20 | Dan Eaton <dan.eaton@rocketlogix.com>, | ||
21 | Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>, | ||
22 | Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>, | ||
23 | |||
24 | |||
25 | Description | ||
26 | ----------- | ||
27 | The PCF8574(A) is an 8-bit I/O expander for the I2C bus produced by Philips | ||
28 | Semiconductors. It is designed to provide a byte I2C interface to up to 16 | ||
29 | separate devices (8 x PCF8574 and 8 x PCF8574A). | ||
30 | |||
31 | This device consists of a quasi-bidirectional port. Each of the eight I/Os | ||
32 | can be independently used as an input or output. To setup an I/O as an | ||
33 | input, you have to write a 1 to the corresponding output. | ||
34 | |||
35 | For more informations see the datasheet. | ||
36 | |||
37 | |||
38 | Accessing PCF8574(A) via /sys interface | ||
39 | ------------------------------------- | ||
40 | |||
41 | ! Be careful ! | ||
42 | The PCF8574(A) is plainly impossible to detect ! Stupid chip. | ||
43 | So every chip with address in the interval [20..27] and [38..3f] are | ||
44 | detected as PCF8574(A). If you have other chips in this address | ||
45 | range, the workaround is to load this module after the one | ||
46 | for your others chips. | ||
47 | |||
48 | On detection (i.e. insmod, modprobe et al.), directories are being | ||
49 | created for each detected PCF8574(A): | ||
50 | |||
51 | /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<0>-<1>/ | ||
52 | where <0> is the bus the chip was detected on (e. g. i2c-0) | ||
53 | and <1> the chip address ([20..27] or [38..3f]): | ||
54 | |||
55 | (example: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/1-0020/) | ||
56 | |||
57 | Inside these directories, there are two files each: | ||
58 | read and write (and one file with chip name). | ||
59 | |||
60 | The read file is read-only. Reading gives you the current I/O input | ||
61 | if the corresponding output is set as 1, otherwise the current output | ||
62 | value, that is to say 0. | ||
63 | |||
64 | The write file is read/write. Writing a value outputs it on the I/O | ||
65 | port. Reading returns the last written value. | ||
66 | |||
67 | On module initialization the chip is configured as eight inputs (all | ||
68 | outputs to 1), so you can connect any circuit to the PCF8574(A) without | ||
69 | being afraid of short-circuit. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8591 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8591 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5628fcf4207f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/pcf8591 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver pcf8591 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Philips PCF8591 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'pcf8591' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips Semiconductor website | ||
9 | http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/PCF8591P.html | ||
10 | |||
11 | Authors: | ||
12 | Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> | ||
13 | valuable contributions by Jan M. Sendler <sendler@sendler.de>, | ||
14 | Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
15 | |||
16 | |||
17 | Description | ||
18 | ----------- | ||
19 | The PCF8591 is an 8-bit A/D and D/A converter (4 analog inputs and one | ||
20 | analog output) for the I2C bus produced by Philips Semiconductors. It | ||
21 | is designed to provide a byte I2C interface to up to 4 separate devices. | ||
22 | |||
23 | The PCF8591 has 4 analog inputs programmable as single-ended or | ||
24 | differential inputs : | ||
25 | - mode 0 : four single ended inputs | ||
26 | Pins AIN0 to AIN3 are single ended inputs for channels 0 to 3 | ||
27 | |||
28 | - mode 1 : three differential inputs | ||
29 | Pins AIN3 is the common negative differential input | ||
30 | Pins AIN0 to AIN2 are positive differential inputs for channels 0 to 2 | ||
31 | |||
32 | - mode 2 : single ended and differential mixed | ||
33 | Pins AIN0 and AIN1 are single ended inputs for channels 0 and 1 | ||
34 | Pins AIN2 is the positive differential input for channel 3 | ||
35 | Pins AIN3 is the negative differential input for channel 3 | ||
36 | |||
37 | - mode 3 : two differential inputs | ||
38 | Pins AIN0 is the positive differential input for channel 0 | ||
39 | Pins AIN1 is the negative differential input for channel 0 | ||
40 | Pins AIN2 is the positive differential input for channel 1 | ||
41 | Pins AIN3 is the negative differential input for channel 1 | ||
42 | |||
43 | See the datasheet for details. | ||
44 | |||
45 | Module parameters | ||
46 | ----------------- | ||
47 | |||
48 | * input_mode int | ||
49 | |||
50 | Analog input mode: | ||
51 | 0 = four single ended inputs | ||
52 | 1 = three differential inputs | ||
53 | 2 = single ended and differential mixed | ||
54 | 3 = two differential inputs | ||
55 | |||
56 | |||
57 | Accessing PCF8591 via /sys interface | ||
58 | ------------------------------------- | ||
59 | |||
60 | ! Be careful ! | ||
61 | The PCF8591 is plainly impossible to detect ! Stupid chip. | ||
62 | So every chip with address in the interval [48..4f] is | ||
63 | detected as PCF8591. If you have other chips in this address | ||
64 | range, the workaround is to load this module after the one | ||
65 | for your others chips. | ||
66 | |||
67 | On detection (i.e. insmod, modprobe et al.), directories are being | ||
68 | created for each detected PCF8591: | ||
69 | |||
70 | /sys/bus/devices/<0>-<1>/ | ||
71 | where <0> is the bus the chip was detected on (e. g. i2c-0) | ||
72 | and <1> the chip address ([48..4f]) | ||
73 | |||
74 | Inside these directories, there are such files: | ||
75 | in0, in1, in2, in3, out0_enable, out0_output, name | ||
76 | |||
77 | Name contains chip name. | ||
78 | |||
79 | The in0, in1, in2 and in3 files are RO. Reading gives the value of the | ||
80 | corresponding channel. Depending on the current analog inputs configuration, | ||
81 | files in2 and/or in3 do not exist. Values range are from 0 to 255 for single | ||
82 | ended inputs and -128 to +127 for differential inputs (8-bit ADC). | ||
83 | |||
84 | The out0_enable file is RW. Reading gives "1" for analog output enabled and | ||
85 | "0" for analog output disabled. Writing accepts "0" and "1" accordingly. | ||
86 | |||
87 | The out0_output file is RW. Writing a number between 0 and 255 (8-bit DAC), send | ||
88 | the value to the digital-to-analog converter. Note that a voltage will | ||
89 | only appears on AOUT pin if aout0_enable equals 1. Reading returns the last | ||
90 | value written. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/sis5595 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/sis5595 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b7ae36b8cdf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/sis5595 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver sis5595 | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Silicon Integrated Systems Corp. SiS5595 Southbridge Hardware Monitor | ||
6 | Prefix: 'sis5595' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: ISA in PCI-space encoded address | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Silicon Integrated Systems Corp. site. | ||
9 | |||
10 | Authors: | ||
11 | Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi>, | ||
12 | Mark D. Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com>, | ||
13 | Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> 2.6 port | ||
14 | |||
15 | SiS southbridge has a LM78-like chip integrated on the same IC. | ||
16 | This driver is a customized copy of lm78.c | ||
17 | |||
18 | Supports following revisions: | ||
19 | Version PCI ID PCI Revision | ||
20 | 1 1039/0008 AF or less | ||
21 | 2 1039/0008 B0 or greater | ||
22 | |||
23 | Note: these chips contain a 0008 device which is incompatible with the | ||
24 | 5595. We recognize these by the presence of the listed | ||
25 | "blacklist" PCI ID and refuse to load. | ||
26 | |||
27 | NOT SUPPORTED PCI ID BLACKLIST PCI ID | ||
28 | 540 0008 0540 | ||
29 | 550 0008 0550 | ||
30 | 5513 0008 5511 | ||
31 | 5581 0008 5597 | ||
32 | 5582 0008 5597 | ||
33 | 5597 0008 5597 | ||
34 | 630 0008 0630 | ||
35 | 645 0008 0645 | ||
36 | 730 0008 0730 | ||
37 | 735 0008 0735 | ||
38 | |||
39 | |||
40 | Module Parameters | ||
41 | ----------------- | ||
42 | force_addr=0xaddr Set the I/O base address. Useful for boards | ||
43 | that don't set the address in the BIOS. Does not do a | ||
44 | PCI force; the device must still be present in lspci. | ||
45 | Don't use this unless the driver complains that the | ||
46 | base address is not set. | ||
47 | Example: 'modprobe sis5595 force_addr=0x290' | ||
48 | |||
49 | |||
50 | Description | ||
51 | ----------- | ||
52 | |||
53 | The SiS5595 southbridge has integrated hardware monitor functions. It also | ||
54 | has an I2C bus, but this driver only supports the hardware monitor. For the | ||
55 | I2C bus driver see i2c-sis5595. | ||
56 | |||
57 | The SiS5595 implements zero or one temperature sensor, two fan speed | ||
58 | sensors, four or five voltage sensors, and alarms. | ||
59 | |||
60 | On the first version of the chip, there are four voltage sensors and one | ||
61 | temperature sensor. | ||
62 | |||
63 | On the second version of the chip, the temperature sensor (temp) and the | ||
64 | fifth voltage sensor (in4) share a pin which is configurable, but not | ||
65 | through the driver. Sorry. The driver senses the configuration of the pin, | ||
66 | which was hopefully set by the BIOS. | ||
67 | |||
68 | Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once | ||
69 | when the max is crossed; it is also triggered when it drops below the min | ||
70 | value. Measurements are guaranteed between -55 and +125 degrees, with a | ||
71 | resolution of 1 degree. | ||
72 | |||
73 | Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is | ||
74 | triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan | ||
75 | readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to give | ||
76 | the readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can accurately be | ||
77 | represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider of 2, the lowest | ||
78 | representable value is around 2600 RPM. | ||
79 | |||
80 | Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in volts. An | ||
81 | alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum or | ||
82 | maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to | ||
83 | zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage | ||
84 | inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution of | ||
85 | 0.016 volt. | ||
86 | |||
87 | In addition to the alarms described above, there is a BTI alarm, which gets | ||
88 | triggered when an external chip has crossed its limits. Usually, this is | ||
89 | connected to some LM75-like chip; if at least one crosses its limits, this | ||
90 | bit gets set. | ||
91 | |||
92 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
93 | is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may already | ||
94 | have disappeared! Note that in the current implementation, all hardware | ||
95 | registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less than 1.5 | ||
96 | seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily miss | ||
97 | once-only alarms. | ||
98 | |||
99 | The SiS5595 only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often | ||
100 | will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. | ||
101 | |||
102 | Problems | ||
103 | -------- | ||
104 | Some chips refuse to be enabled. We don't know why. | ||
105 | The driver will recognize this and print a message in dmesg. | ||
106 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/smsc47b397.txt b/Documentation/i2c/chips/smsc47b397 index 389edae7f8df..da9d80c96432 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/chips/smsc47b397.txt +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/smsc47b397 | |||
@@ -1,7 +1,19 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver smsc47b397 | ||
2 | ======================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * SMSC LPC47B397-NC | ||
6 | Prefix: 'smsc47b397' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space | ||
8 | Datasheet: In this file | ||
9 | |||
10 | Authors: Mark M. Hoffman <mhoffman@lightlink.com> | ||
11 | Utilitek Systems, Inc. | ||
12 | |||
1 | November 23, 2004 | 13 | November 23, 2004 |
2 | 14 | ||
3 | The following specification describes the SMSC LPC47B397-NC sensor chip | 15 | The following specification describes the SMSC LPC47B397-NC sensor chip |
4 | (for which there is no public datasheet available). This document was | 16 | (for which there is no public datasheet available). This document was |
5 | provided by Craig Kelly (In-Store Broadcast Network) and edited/corrected | 17 | provided by Craig Kelly (In-Store Broadcast Network) and edited/corrected |
6 | by Mark M. Hoffman <mhoffman@lightlink.com>. | 18 | by Mark M. Hoffman <mhoffman@lightlink.com>. |
7 | 19 | ||
@@ -10,10 +22,10 @@ by Mark M. Hoffman <mhoffman@lightlink.com>. | |||
10 | Methods for detecting the HP SIO and reading the thermal data on a dc7100. | 22 | Methods for detecting the HP SIO and reading the thermal data on a dc7100. |
11 | 23 | ||
12 | The thermal information on the dc7100 is contained in the SIO Hardware Monitor | 24 | The thermal information on the dc7100 is contained in the SIO Hardware Monitor |
13 | (HWM). The information is accessed through an index/data pair. The index/data | 25 | (HWM). The information is accessed through an index/data pair. The index/data |
14 | pair is located at the HWM Base Address + 0 and the HWM Base Address + 1. The | 26 | pair is located at the HWM Base Address + 0 and the HWM Base Address + 1. The |
15 | HWM Base address can be obtained from Logical Device 8, registers 0x60 (MSB) | 27 | HWM Base address can be obtained from Logical Device 8, registers 0x60 (MSB) |
16 | and 0x61 (LSB). Currently we are using 0x480 for the HWM Base Address and | 28 | and 0x61 (LSB). Currently we are using 0x480 for the HWM Base Address and |
17 | 0x480 and 0x481 for the index/data pair. | 29 | 0x480 and 0x481 for the index/data pair. |
18 | 30 | ||
19 | Reading temperature information. | 31 | Reading temperature information. |
@@ -50,7 +62,7 @@ Reading the tach LSB locks the tach MSB. | |||
50 | The LSB Must be read first. | 62 | The LSB Must be read first. |
51 | 63 | ||
52 | How to convert the tach reading to RPM. | 64 | How to convert the tach reading to RPM. |
53 | The tach reading (TCount) is given by: (Tach MSB * 256) + (Tach LSB) | 65 | The tach reading (TCount) is given by: (Tach MSB * 256) + (Tach LSB) |
54 | The SIO counts the number of 90kHz (11.111us) pulses per revolution. | 66 | The SIO counts the number of 90kHz (11.111us) pulses per revolution. |
55 | RPM = 60/(TCount * 11.111us) | 67 | RPM = 60/(TCount * 11.111us) |
56 | 68 | ||
@@ -72,20 +84,20 @@ To program the configuration registers, the following sequence must be followed: | |||
72 | 84 | ||
73 | Enter Configuration Mode | 85 | Enter Configuration Mode |
74 | To place the chip into the Configuration State The config key (0x55) is written | 86 | To place the chip into the Configuration State The config key (0x55) is written |
75 | to the CONFIG PORT (0x2E). | 87 | to the CONFIG PORT (0x2E). |
76 | 88 | ||
77 | Configuration Mode | 89 | Configuration Mode |
78 | In configuration mode, the INDEX PORT is located at the CONFIG PORT address and | 90 | In configuration mode, the INDEX PORT is located at the CONFIG PORT address and |
79 | the DATA PORT is at INDEX PORT address + 1. | 91 | the DATA PORT is at INDEX PORT address + 1. |
80 | 92 | ||
81 | The desired configuration registers are accessed in two steps: | 93 | The desired configuration registers are accessed in two steps: |
82 | a. Write the index of the Logical Device Number Configuration Register | 94 | a. Write the index of the Logical Device Number Configuration Register |
83 | (i.e., 0x07) to the INDEX PORT and then write the number of the | 95 | (i.e., 0x07) to the INDEX PORT and then write the number of the |
84 | desired logical device to the DATA PORT. | 96 | desired logical device to the DATA PORT. |
85 | 97 | ||
86 | b. Write the address of the desired configuration register within the | 98 | b. Write the address of the desired configuration register within the |
87 | logical device to the INDEX PORT and then write or read the config- | 99 | logical device to the INDEX PORT and then write or read the config- |
88 | uration register through the DATA PORT. | 100 | uration register through the DATA PORT. |
89 | 101 | ||
90 | Note: If accessing the Global Configuration Registers, step (a) is not required. | 102 | Note: If accessing the Global Configuration Registers, step (a) is not required. |
91 | 103 | ||
@@ -96,18 +108,18 @@ The chip returns to the RUN State. (This is important). | |||
96 | Programming Example | 108 | Programming Example |
97 | The following is an example of how to read the SIO Device ID located at 0x20 | 109 | The following is an example of how to read the SIO Device ID located at 0x20 |
98 | 110 | ||
99 | ; ENTER CONFIGURATION MODE | 111 | ; ENTER CONFIGURATION MODE |
100 | MOV DX,02EH | 112 | MOV DX,02EH |
101 | MOV AX,055H | 113 | MOV AX,055H |
102 | OUT DX,AL | 114 | OUT DX,AL |
103 | ; GLOBAL CONFIGURATION REGISTER | 115 | ; GLOBAL CONFIGURATION REGISTER |
104 | MOV DX,02EH | 116 | MOV DX,02EH |
105 | MOV AL,20H | 117 | MOV AL,20H |
106 | OUT DX,AL | 118 | OUT DX,AL |
107 | ; READ THE DATA | 119 | ; READ THE DATA |
108 | MOV DX,02FH | 120 | MOV DX,02FH |
109 | IN AL,DX | 121 | IN AL,DX |
110 | ; EXIT CONFIGURATION MODE | 122 | ; EXIT CONFIGURATION MODE |
111 | MOV DX,02EH | 123 | MOV DX,02EH |
112 | MOV AX,0AAH | 124 | MOV AX,0AAH |
113 | OUT DX,AL | 125 | OUT DX,AL |
@@ -122,12 +134,12 @@ Obtaining the HWM Base Address. | |||
122 | The following is an example of how to read the HWM Base Address located in | 134 | The following is an example of how to read the HWM Base Address located in |
123 | Logical Device 8. | 135 | Logical Device 8. |
124 | 136 | ||
125 | ; ENTER CONFIGURATION MODE | 137 | ; ENTER CONFIGURATION MODE |
126 | MOV DX,02EH | 138 | MOV DX,02EH |
127 | MOV AX,055H | 139 | MOV AX,055H |
128 | OUT DX,AL | 140 | OUT DX,AL |
129 | ; CONFIGURE REGISTER CRE0, | 141 | ; CONFIGURE REGISTER CRE0, |
130 | ; LOGICAL DEVICE 8 | 142 | ; LOGICAL DEVICE 8 |
131 | MOV DX,02EH | 143 | MOV DX,02EH |
132 | MOV AL,07H | 144 | MOV AL,07H |
133 | OUT DX,AL ;Point to LD# Config Reg | 145 | OUT DX,AL ;Point to LD# Config Reg |
@@ -135,12 +147,12 @@ MOV DX,02FH | |||
135 | MOV AL, 08H | 147 | MOV AL, 08H |
136 | OUT DX,AL;Point to Logical Device 8 | 148 | OUT DX,AL;Point to Logical Device 8 |
137 | ; | 149 | ; |
138 | MOV DX,02EH | 150 | MOV DX,02EH |
139 | MOV AL,60H | 151 | MOV AL,60H |
140 | OUT DX,AL ; Point to HWM Base Addr MSB | 152 | OUT DX,AL ; Point to HWM Base Addr MSB |
141 | MOV DX,02FH | 153 | MOV DX,02FH |
142 | IN AL,DX ; Get MSB of HWM Base Addr | 154 | IN AL,DX ; Get MSB of HWM Base Addr |
143 | ; EXIT CONFIGURATION MODE | 155 | ; EXIT CONFIGURATION MODE |
144 | MOV DX,02EH | 156 | MOV DX,02EH |
145 | MOV AX,0AAH | 157 | MOV AX,0AAH |
146 | OUT DX,AL | 158 | OUT DX,AL |
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/smsc47m1 b/Documentation/i2c/chips/smsc47m1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..34e6478c1425 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/smsc47m1 | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver smsc47m1 | ||
2 | ====================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * SMSC LPC47B27x, LPC47M10x, LPC47M13x, LPC47M14x, LPC47M15x and LPC47M192 | ||
6 | Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space | ||
7 | Prefix: 'smsc47m1' | ||
8 | Datasheets: | ||
9 | http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47b27x.pdf | ||
10 | http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47m10x.pdf | ||
11 | http://www.smsc.com/main/tools/discontinued/47m13x.pdf | ||
12 | http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47m14x.pdf | ||
13 | http://www.smsc.com/main/tools/discontinued/47m15x.pdf | ||
14 | http://www.smsc.com/main/datasheets/47m192.pdf | ||
15 | |||
16 | Authors: | ||
17 | Mark D. Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com>, | ||
18 | With assistance from Bruce Allen <ballen@uwm.edu>, and his | ||
19 | fan.c program: http://www.lsc-group.phys.uwm.edu/%7Eballen/driver/ | ||
20 | Gabriele Gorla <gorlik@yahoo.com>, | ||
21 | Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
22 | |||
23 | Description | ||
24 | ----------- | ||
25 | |||
26 | The Standard Microsystems Corporation (SMSC) 47M1xx Super I/O chips | ||
27 | contain monitoring and PWM control circuitry for two fans. | ||
28 | |||
29 | The 47M15x and 47M192 chips contain a full 'hardware monitoring block' | ||
30 | in addition to the fan monitoring and control. The hardware monitoring | ||
31 | block is not supported by the driver. | ||
32 | |||
33 | Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is | ||
34 | triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan | ||
35 | readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to give | ||
36 | the readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can accurately be | ||
37 | represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider of 2, the lowest | ||
38 | representable value is around 2600 RPM. | ||
39 | |||
40 | PWM values are from 0 to 255. | ||
41 | |||
42 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
43 | is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may | ||
44 | already have disappeared! Note that in the current implementation, all | ||
45 | hardware registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less | ||
46 | than 1.5 seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily | ||
47 | miss once-only alarms. | ||
48 | |||
49 | |||
50 | ********************** | ||
51 | The lm_sensors project gratefully acknowledges the support of | ||
52 | Intel in the development of this driver. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/via686a b/Documentation/i2c/chips/via686a new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b82014cb7c53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/via686a | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver via686a | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Via VT82C686A, VT82C686B Southbridge Integrated Hardware Monitor | ||
6 | Prefix: 'via686a' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: ISA in PCI-space encoded address | ||
8 | Datasheet: On request through web form (http://www.via.com.tw/en/support/datasheets/) | ||
9 | |||
10 | Authors: | ||
11 | Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi>, | ||
12 | Mark D. Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com> | ||
13 | Bob Dougherty <bobd@stanford.edu> | ||
14 | (Some conversion-factor data were contributed by | ||
15 | Jonathan Teh Soon Yew <j.teh@iname.com> | ||
16 | and Alex van Kaam <darkside@chello.nl>.) | ||
17 | |||
18 | Module Parameters | ||
19 | ----------------- | ||
20 | |||
21 | force_addr=0xaddr Set the I/O base address. Useful for Asus A7V boards | ||
22 | that don't set the address in the BIOS. Does not do a | ||
23 | PCI force; the via686a must still be present in lspci. | ||
24 | Don't use this unless the driver complains that the | ||
25 | base address is not set. | ||
26 | Example: 'modprobe via686a force_addr=0x6000' | ||
27 | |||
28 | Description | ||
29 | ----------- | ||
30 | |||
31 | The driver does not distinguish between the chips and reports | ||
32 | all as a 686A. | ||
33 | |||
34 | The Via 686a southbridge has integrated hardware monitor functionality. | ||
35 | It also has an I2C bus, but this driver only supports the hardware monitor. | ||
36 | For the I2C bus driver, see <file:Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro> | ||
37 | |||
38 | The Via 686a implements three temperature sensors, two fan rotation speed | ||
39 | sensors, five voltage sensors and alarms. | ||
40 | |||
41 | Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once | ||
42 | when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed; it is triggered again | ||
43 | as soon as it drops below the hysteresis value. | ||
44 | |||
45 | Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is | ||
46 | triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan | ||
47 | readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to give | ||
48 | the readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can accurately be | ||
49 | represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider of 2, the lowest | ||
50 | representable value is around 2600 RPM. | ||
51 | |||
52 | Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in volts. | ||
53 | An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum | ||
54 | or maximum limit. Voltages are internally scalled, so each voltage channel | ||
55 | has a different resolution and range. | ||
56 | |||
57 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
58 | is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may | ||
59 | already have disappeared! Note that in the current implementation, all | ||
60 | hardware registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less | ||
61 | than 1.5 seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily | ||
62 | miss once-only alarms. | ||
63 | |||
64 | The driver only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often | ||
65 | will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/w83627hf b/Documentation/i2c/chips/w83627hf new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..78f37c2d602e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/w83627hf | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver w83627hf | ||
2 | ====================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Winbond W83627HF (ISA accesses ONLY) | ||
6 | Prefix: 'w83627hf' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers | ||
8 | Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83627hf.pdf | ||
9 | * Winbond W83627THF | ||
10 | Prefix: 'w83627thf' | ||
11 | Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers | ||
12 | Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83627thf.pdf | ||
13 | * Winbond W83697HF | ||
14 | Prefix: 'w83697hf' | ||
15 | Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers | ||
16 | Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/697hf.pdf | ||
17 | * Winbond W83637HF | ||
18 | Prefix: 'w83637hf' | ||
19 | Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers | ||
20 | Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83637hf.pdf | ||
21 | |||
22 | Authors: | ||
23 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
24 | Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>, | ||
25 | Mark Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com>, | ||
26 | Bernhard C. Schrenk <clemy@clemy.org> | ||
27 | |||
28 | Module Parameters | ||
29 | ----------------- | ||
30 | |||
31 | * force_addr: int | ||
32 | Initialize the ISA address of the sensors | ||
33 | * force_i2c: int | ||
34 | Initialize the I2C address of the sensors | ||
35 | * init: int | ||
36 | (default is 1) | ||
37 | Use 'init=0' to bypass initializing the chip. | ||
38 | Try this if your computer crashes when you load the module. | ||
39 | |||
40 | Description | ||
41 | ----------- | ||
42 | |||
43 | This driver implements support for ISA accesses *only* for | ||
44 | the Winbond W83627HF, W83627THF, W83697HF and W83637HF Super I/O chips. | ||
45 | We will refer to them collectively as Winbond chips. | ||
46 | |||
47 | This driver supports ISA accesses, which should be more reliable | ||
48 | than i2c accesses. Also, for Tyan boards which contain both a | ||
49 | Super I/O chip and a second i2c-only Winbond chip (often a W83782D), | ||
50 | using this driver will avoid i2c address conflicts and complex | ||
51 | initialization that were required in the w83781d driver. | ||
52 | |||
53 | If you really want i2c accesses for these Super I/O chips, | ||
54 | use the w83781d driver. However this is not the preferred method | ||
55 | now that this ISA driver has been developed. | ||
56 | |||
57 | Technically, the w83627thf does not support a VID reading. However, it's | ||
58 | possible or even likely that your mainboard maker has routed these signals | ||
59 | to a specific set of general purpose IO pins (the Asus P4C800-E is one such | ||
60 | board). The w83627thf driver now interprets these as VID. If the VID on | ||
61 | your board doesn't work, first see doc/vid in the lm_sensors package. If | ||
62 | that still doesn't help, email us at lm-sensors@lm-sensors.org. | ||
63 | |||
64 | For further information on this driver see the w83781d driver | ||
65 | documentation. | ||
66 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/w83781d b/Documentation/i2c/chips/w83781d new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e5459333ba68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/w83781d | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver w83781d | ||
2 | ===================== | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Winbond W83781D | ||
6 | Prefix: 'w83781d' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x2f, ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports) | ||
8 | Datasheet: http://www.winbond-usa.com/products/winbond_products/pdfs/PCIC/w83781d.pdf | ||
9 | * Winbond W83782D | ||
10 | Prefix: 'w83782d' | ||
11 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x2f, ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports) | ||
12 | Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83782d.pdf | ||
13 | * Winbond W83783S | ||
14 | Prefix: 'w83783s' | ||
15 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2d | ||
16 | Datasheet: http://www.winbond-usa.com/products/winbond_products/pdfs/PCIC/w83783s.pdf | ||
17 | * Winbond W83627HF | ||
18 | Prefix: 'w83627hf' | ||
19 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x20 - 0x2f, ISA 0x290 (8 I/O ports) | ||
20 | Datasheet: http://www.winbond.com/PDF/sheet/w83627hf.pdf | ||
21 | * Asus AS99127F | ||
22 | Prefix: 'as99127f' | ||
23 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f | ||
24 | Datasheet: Unavailable from Asus | ||
25 | |||
26 | Authors: | ||
27 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | ||
28 | Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>, | ||
29 | Mark Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com> | ||
30 | |||
31 | Module parameters | ||
32 | ----------------- | ||
33 | |||
34 | * init int | ||
35 | (default 1) | ||
36 | Use 'init=0' to bypass initializing the chip. | ||
37 | Try this if your computer crashes when you load the module. | ||
38 | |||
39 | force_subclients=bus,caddr,saddr,saddr | ||
40 | This is used to force the i2c addresses for subclients of | ||
41 | a certain chip. Typical usage is `force_subclients=0,0x2d,0x4a,0x4b' | ||
42 | to force the subclients of chip 0x2d on bus 0 to i2c addresses | ||
43 | 0x4a and 0x4b. This parameter is useful for certain Tyan boards. | ||
44 | |||
45 | Description | ||
46 | ----------- | ||
47 | |||
48 | This driver implements support for the Winbond W83781D, W83782D, W83783S, | ||
49 | W83627HF chips, and the Asus AS99127F chips. We will refer to them | ||
50 | collectively as W8378* chips. | ||
51 | |||
52 | There is quite some difference between these chips, but they are similar | ||
53 | enough that it was sensible to put them together in one driver. | ||
54 | The W83627HF chip is assumed to be identical to the ISA W83782D. | ||
55 | The Asus chips are similar to an I2C-only W83782D. | ||
56 | |||
57 | Chip #vin #fanin #pwm #temp wchipid vendid i2c ISA | ||
58 | as99127f 7 3 0 3 0x31 0x12c3 yes no | ||
59 | as99127f rev.2 (type_name = as99127f) 0x31 0x5ca3 yes no | ||
60 | w83781d 7 3 0 3 0x10-1 0x5ca3 yes yes | ||
61 | w83627hf 9 3 2 3 0x21 0x5ca3 yes yes(LPC) | ||
62 | w83782d 9 3 2-4 3 0x30 0x5ca3 yes yes | ||
63 | w83783s 5-6 3 2 1-2 0x40 0x5ca3 yes no | ||
64 | |||
65 | Detection of these chips can sometimes be foiled because they can be in | ||
66 | an internal state that allows no clean access. If you know the address | ||
67 | of the chip, use a 'force' parameter; this will put them into a more | ||
68 | well-behaved state first. | ||
69 | |||
70 | The W8378* implements temperature sensors (three on the W83781D and W83782D, | ||
71 | two on the W83783S), three fan rotation speed sensors, voltage sensors | ||
72 | (seven on the W83781D, nine on the W83782D and six on the W83783S), VID | ||
73 | lines, alarms with beep warnings, and some miscellaneous stuff. | ||
74 | |||
75 | Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. There is always one main | ||
76 | temperature sensor, and one (W83783S) or two (W83781D and W83782D) other | ||
77 | sensors. An alarm is triggered for the main sensor once when the | ||
78 | Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed; it is triggered again as soon as | ||
79 | it drops below the Hysteresis value. A more useful behavior | ||
80 | can be found by setting the Hysteresis value to +127 degrees Celsius; in | ||
81 | this case, alarms are issued during all the time when the actual temperature | ||
82 | is above the Overtemperature Shutdown value. The driver sets the | ||
83 | hysteresis value for temp1 to 127 at initialization. | ||
84 | |||
85 | For the other temperature sensor(s), an alarm is triggered when the | ||
86 | temperature gets higher then the Overtemperature Shutdown value; it stays | ||
87 | on until the temperature falls below the Hysteresis value. But on the | ||
88 | W83781D, there is only one alarm that functions for both other sensors! | ||
89 | Temperatures are guaranteed within a range of -55 to +125 degrees. The | ||
90 | main temperature sensors has a resolution of 1 degree; the other sensor(s) | ||
91 | of 0.5 degree. | ||
92 | |||
93 | Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is | ||
94 | triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan | ||
95 | readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8 for the | ||
96 | W83781D; 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 or 128 for the others) to give | ||
97 | the readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can accurately | ||
98 | be represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider of 2, the lowest | ||
99 | representable value is around 2600 RPM. | ||
100 | |||
101 | Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in volts. | ||
102 | An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum | ||
103 | or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to | ||
104 | zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage | ||
105 | inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution | ||
106 | of 0.016 volt. | ||
107 | |||
108 | The VID lines encode the core voltage value: the voltage level your processor | ||
109 | should work with. This is hardcoded by the mainboard and/or processor itself. | ||
110 | It is a value in volts. When it is unconnected, you will often find the | ||
111 | value 3.50 V here. | ||
112 | |||
113 | The W83782D and W83783S temperature conversion machine understands about | ||
114 | several kinds of temperature probes. You can program the so-called | ||
115 | beta value in the sensor files. '1' is the PII/Celeron diode, '2' is the | ||
116 | TN3904 transistor, and 3435 the default thermistor value. Other values | ||
117 | are (not yet) supported. | ||
118 | |||
119 | In addition to the alarms described above, there is a CHAS alarm on the | ||
120 | chips which triggers if your computer case is open. | ||
121 | |||
122 | When an alarm goes off, you can be warned by a beeping signal through | ||
123 | your computer speaker. It is possible to enable all beeping globally, | ||
124 | or only the beeping for some alarms. | ||
125 | |||
126 | If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register | ||
127 | is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may | ||
128 | already have disappeared! Note that in the current implementation, all | ||
129 | hardware registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less | ||
130 | than 1.5 seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily | ||
131 | miss once-only alarms. | ||
132 | |||
133 | The chips only update values each 1.5 seconds; reading them more often | ||
134 | will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. | ||
135 | |||
136 | AS99127F PROBLEMS | ||
137 | ----------------- | ||
138 | The as99127f support was developed without the benefit of a datasheet. | ||
139 | In most cases it is treated as a w83781d (although revision 2 of the | ||
140 | AS99127F looks more like a w83782d). | ||
141 | This support will be BETA until a datasheet is released. | ||
142 | One user has reported problems with fans stopping | ||
143 | occasionally. | ||
144 | |||
145 | Note that the individual beep bits are inverted from the other chips. | ||
146 | The driver now takes care of this so that user-space applications | ||
147 | don't have to know about it. | ||
148 | |||
149 | Known problems: | ||
150 | - Problems with diode/thermistor settings (supported?) | ||
151 | - One user reports fans stopping under high server load. | ||
152 | - Revision 2 seems to have 2 PWM registers but we don't know | ||
153 | how to handle them. More details below. | ||
154 | |||
155 | These will not be fixed unless we get a datasheet. | ||
156 | If you have problems, please lobby Asus to release a datasheet. | ||
157 | Unfortunately several others have without success. | ||
158 | Please do not send mail to us asking for better as99127f support. | ||
159 | We have done the best we can without a datasheet. | ||
160 | Please do not send mail to the author or the sensors group asking for | ||
161 | a datasheet or ideas on how to convince Asus. We can't help. | ||
162 | |||
163 | |||
164 | NOTES: | ||
165 | ----- | ||
166 | 783s has no in1 so that in[2-6] are compatible with the 781d/782d. | ||
167 | |||
168 | 783s pin is programmable for -5V or temp1; defaults to -5V, | ||
169 | no control in driver so temp1 doesn't work. | ||
170 | |||
171 | 782d and 783s datasheets differ on which is pwm1 and which is pwm2. | ||
172 | We chose to follow 782d. | ||
173 | |||
174 | 782d and 783s pin is programmable for fan3 input or pwm2 output; | ||
175 | defaults to fan3 input. | ||
176 | If pwm2 is enabled (with echo 255 1 > pwm2), then | ||
177 | fan3 will report 0. | ||
178 | |||
179 | 782d has pwm1-2 for ISA, pwm1-4 for i2c. (pwm3-4 share pins with | ||
180 | the ISA pins) | ||
181 | |||
182 | Data sheet updates: | ||
183 | ------------------ | ||
184 | - PWM clock registers: | ||
185 | |||
186 | 000: master / 512 | ||
187 | 001: master / 1024 | ||
188 | 010: master / 2048 | ||
189 | 011: master / 4096 | ||
190 | 100: master / 8192 | ||
191 | |||
192 | |||
193 | Answers from Winbond tech support | ||
194 | --------------------------------- | ||
195 | > | ||
196 | > 1) In the W83781D data sheet section 7.2 last paragraph, it talks about | ||
197 | > reprogramming the R-T table if the Beta of the thermistor is not | ||
198 | > 3435K. The R-T table is described briefly in section 8.20. | ||
199 | > What formulas do I use to program a new R-T table for a given Beta? | ||
200 | > | ||
201 | We are sorry that the calculation for R-T table value is | ||
202 | confidential. If you have another Beta value of thermistor, we can help | ||
203 | to calculate the R-T table for you. But you should give us real R-T | ||
204 | Table which can be gotten by thermistor vendor. Therefore we will calculate | ||
205 | them and obtain 32-byte data, and you can fill the 32-byte data to the | ||
206 | register in Bank0.CR51 of W83781D. | ||
207 | |||
208 | |||
209 | > 2) In the W83782D data sheet, it mentions that pins 38, 39, and 40 are | ||
210 | > programmable to be either thermistor or Pentium II diode inputs. | ||
211 | > How do I program them for diode inputs? I can't find any register | ||
212 | > to program these to be diode inputs. | ||
213 | --> You may program Bank0 CR[5Dh] and CR[59h] registers. | ||
214 | |||
215 | CR[5Dh] bit 1(VTIN1) bit 2(VTIN2) bit 3(VTIN3) | ||
216 | |||
217 | thermistor 0 0 0 | ||
218 | diode 1 1 1 | ||
219 | |||
220 | |||
221 | (error) CR[59h] bit 4(VTIN1) bit 2(VTIN2) bit 3(VTIN3) | ||
222 | (right) CR[59h] bit 4(VTIN1) bit 5(VTIN2) bit 6(VTIN3) | ||
223 | |||
224 | PII thermal diode 1 1 1 | ||
225 | 2N3904 diode 0 0 0 | ||
226 | |||
227 | |||
228 | Asus Clones | ||
229 | ----------- | ||
230 | |||
231 | We have no datasheets for the Asus clones (AS99127F and ASB100 Bach). | ||
232 | Here are some very useful information that were given to us by Alex Van | ||
233 | Kaam about how to detect these chips, and how to read their values. He | ||
234 | also gives advice for another Asus chipset, the Mozart-2 (which we | ||
235 | don't support yet). Thanks Alex! | ||
236 | I reworded some parts and added personal comments. | ||
237 | |||
238 | # Detection: | ||
239 | |||
240 | AS99127F rev.1, AS99127F rev.2 and ASB100: | ||
241 | - I2C address range: 0x29 - 0x2F | ||
242 | - If register 0x58 holds 0x31 then we have an Asus (either ASB100 or | ||
243 | AS99127F) | ||
244 | - Which one depends on register 0x4F (manufacturer ID): | ||
245 | 0x06 or 0x94: ASB100 | ||
246 | 0x12 or 0xC3: AS99127F rev.1 | ||
247 | 0x5C or 0xA3: AS99127F rev.2 | ||
248 | Note that 0x5CA3 is Winbond's ID (WEC), which let us think Asus get their | ||
249 | AS99127F rev.2 direct from Winbond. The other codes mean ATT and DVC, | ||
250 | respectively. ATT could stand for Asustek something (although it would be | ||
251 | very badly chosen IMHO), I don't know what DVC could stand for. Maybe | ||
252 | these codes simply aren't meant to be decoded that way. | ||
253 | |||
254 | Mozart-2: | ||
255 | - I2C address: 0x77 | ||
256 | - If register 0x58 holds 0x56 or 0x10 then we have a Mozart-2 | ||
257 | - Of the Mozart there are 3 types: | ||
258 | 0x58=0x56, 0x4E=0x94, 0x4F=0x36: Asus ASM58 Mozart-2 | ||
259 | 0x58=0x56, 0x4E=0x94, 0x4F=0x06: Asus AS2K129R Mozart-2 | ||
260 | 0x58=0x10, 0x4E=0x5C, 0x4F=0xA3: Asus ??? Mozart-2 | ||
261 | You can handle all 3 the exact same way :) | ||
262 | |||
263 | # Temperature sensors: | ||
264 | |||
265 | ASB100: | ||
266 | - sensor 1: register 0x27 | ||
267 | - sensor 2 & 3 are the 2 LM75's on the SMBus | ||
268 | - sensor 4: register 0x17 | ||
269 | Remark: I noticed that on Intel boards sensor 2 is used for the CPU | ||
270 | and 4 is ignored/stuck, on AMD boards sensor 4 is the CPU and sensor 2 is | ||
271 | either ignored or a socket temperature. | ||
272 | |||
273 | AS99127F (rev.1 and 2 alike): | ||
274 | - sensor 1: register 0x27 | ||
275 | - sensor 2 & 3 are the 2 LM75's on the SMBus | ||
276 | Remark: Register 0x5b is suspected to be temperature type selector. Bit 1 | ||
277 | would control temp1, bit 3 temp2 and bit 5 temp3. | ||
278 | |||
279 | Mozart-2: | ||
280 | - sensor 1: register 0x27 | ||
281 | - sensor 2: register 0x13 | ||
282 | |||
283 | # Fan sensors: | ||
284 | |||
285 | ASB100, AS99127F (rev.1 and 2 alike): | ||
286 | - 3 fans, identical to the W83781D | ||
287 | |||
288 | Mozart-2: | ||
289 | - 2 fans only, 1350000/RPM/div | ||
290 | - fan 1: register 0x28, divisor on register 0xA1 (bits 4-5) | ||
291 | - fan 2: register 0x29, divisor on register 0xA1 (bits 6-7) | ||
292 | |||
293 | # Voltages: | ||
294 | |||
295 | This is where there is a difference between AS99127F rev.1 and 2. | ||
296 | Remark: The difference is similar to the difference between | ||
297 | W83781D and W83782D. | ||
298 | |||
299 | ASB100: | ||
300 | in0=r(0x20)*0.016 | ||
301 | in1=r(0x21)*0.016 | ||
302 | in2=r(0x22)*0.016 | ||
303 | in3=r(0x23)*0.016*1.68 | ||
304 | in4=r(0x24)*0.016*3.8 | ||
305 | in5=r(0x25)*(-0.016)*3.97 | ||
306 | in6=r(0x26)*(-0.016)*1.666 | ||
307 | |||
308 | AS99127F rev.1: | ||
309 | in0=r(0x20)*0.016 | ||
310 | in1=r(0x21)*0.016 | ||
311 | in2=r(0x22)*0.016 | ||
312 | in3=r(0x23)*0.016*1.68 | ||
313 | in4=r(0x24)*0.016*3.8 | ||
314 | in5=r(0x25)*(-0.016)*3.97 | ||
315 | in6=r(0x26)*(-0.016)*1.503 | ||
316 | |||
317 | AS99127F rev.2: | ||
318 | in0=r(0x20)*0.016 | ||
319 | in1=r(0x21)*0.016 | ||
320 | in2=r(0x22)*0.016 | ||
321 | in3=r(0x23)*0.016*1.68 | ||
322 | in4=r(0x24)*0.016*3.8 | ||
323 | in5=(r(0x25)*0.016-3.6)*5.14+3.6 | ||
324 | in6=(r(0x26)*0.016-3.6)*3.14+3.6 | ||
325 | |||
326 | Mozart-2: | ||
327 | in0=r(0x20)*0.016 | ||
328 | in1=255 | ||
329 | in2=r(0x22)*0.016 | ||
330 | in3=r(0x23)*0.016*1.68 | ||
331 | in4=r(0x24)*0.016*4 | ||
332 | in5=255 | ||
333 | in6=255 | ||
334 | |||
335 | |||
336 | # PWM | ||
337 | |||
338 | Additional info about PWM on the AS99127F (may apply to other Asus | ||
339 | chips as well) by Jean Delvare as of 2004-04-09: | ||
340 | |||
341 | AS99127F revision 2 seems to have two PWM registers at 0x59 and 0x5A, | ||
342 | and a temperature sensor type selector at 0x5B (which basically means | ||
343 | that they swapped registers 0x59 and 0x5B when you compare with Winbond | ||
344 | chips). | ||
345 | Revision 1 of the chip also has the temperature sensor type selector at | ||
346 | 0x5B, but PWM registers have no effect. | ||
347 | |||
348 | We don't know exactly how the temperature sensor type selection works. | ||
349 | Looks like bits 1-0 are for temp1, bits 3-2 for temp2 and bits 5-4 for | ||
350 | temp3, although it is possible that only the most significant bit matters | ||
351 | each time. So far, values other than 0 always broke the readings. | ||
352 | |||
353 | PWM registers seem to be split in two parts: bit 7 is a mode selector, | ||
354 | while the other bits seem to define a value or threshold. | ||
355 | |||
356 | When bit 7 is clear, bits 6-0 seem to hold a threshold value. If the value | ||
357 | is below a given limit, the fan runs at low speed. If the value is above | ||
358 | the limit, the fan runs at full speed. We have no clue as to what the limit | ||
359 | represents. Note that there seem to be some inertia in this mode, speed | ||
360 | changes may need some time to trigger. Also, an hysteresis mechanism is | ||
361 | suspected since walking through all the values increasingly and then | ||
362 | decreasingly led to slightly different limits. | ||
363 | |||
364 | When bit 7 is set, bits 3-0 seem to hold a threshold value, while bits 6-4 | ||
365 | would not be significant. If the value is below a given limit, the fan runs | ||
366 | at full speed, while if it is above the limit it runs at low speed (so this | ||
367 | is the contrary of the other mode, in a way). Here again, we don't know | ||
368 | what the limit is supposed to represent. | ||
369 | |||
370 | One remarkable thing is that the fans would only have two or three | ||
371 | different speeds (transitional states left apart), not a whole range as | ||
372 | you usually get with PWM. | ||
373 | |||
374 | As a conclusion, you can write 0x00 or 0x8F to the PWM registers to make | ||
375 | fans run at low speed, and 0x7F or 0x80 to make them run at full speed. | ||
376 | |||
377 | Please contact us if you can figure out how it is supposed to work. As | ||
378 | long as we don't know more, the w83781d driver doesn't handle PWM on | ||
379 | AS99127F chips at all. | ||
380 | |||
381 | Additional info about PWM on the AS99127F rev.1 by Hector Martin: | ||
382 | |||
383 | I've been fiddling around with the (in)famous 0x59 register and | ||
384 | found out the following values do work as a form of coarse pwm: | ||
385 | |||
386 | 0x80 - seems to turn fans off after some time(1-2 minutes)... might be | ||
387 | some form of auto-fan-control based on temp? hmm (Qfan? this mobo is an | ||
388 | old ASUS, it isn't marketed as Qfan. Maybe some beta pre-attemp at Qfan | ||
389 | that was dropped at the BIOS) | ||
390 | 0x81 - off | ||
391 | 0x82 - slightly "on-ner" than off, but my fans do not get to move. I can | ||
392 | hear the high-pitched PWM sound that motors give off at too-low-pwm. | ||
393 | 0x83 - now they do move. Estimate about 70% speed or so. | ||
394 | 0x84-0x8f - full on | ||
395 | |||
396 | Changing the high nibble doesn't seem to do much except the high bit | ||
397 | (0x80) must be set for PWM to work, else the current pwm doesn't seem to | ||
398 | change. | ||
399 | |||
400 | My mobo is an ASUS A7V266-E. This behavior is similar to what I got | ||
401 | with speedfan under Windows, where 0-15% would be off, 15-2x% (can't | ||
402 | remember the exact value) would be 70% and higher would be full on. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/chips/w83l785ts b/Documentation/i2c/chips/w83l785ts new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1841cedc25b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/chips/w83l785ts | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ | |||
1 | Kernel driver w83l785ts | ||
2 | ======================= | ||
3 | |||
4 | Supported chips: | ||
5 | * Winbond W83L785TS-S | ||
6 | Prefix: 'w83l785ts' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2e | ||
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the Winbond USA website | ||
9 | http://www.winbond-usa.com/products/winbond_products/pdfs/PCIC/W83L785TS-S.pdf | ||
10 | |||
11 | Authors: | ||
12 | Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> | ||
13 | |||
14 | Description | ||
15 | ----------- | ||
16 | |||
17 | The W83L785TS-S is a digital temperature sensor. It senses the | ||
18 | temperature of a single external diode. The high limit is | ||
19 | theoretically defined as 85 or 100 degrees C through a combination | ||
20 | of external resistors, so the user cannot change it. Values seen so | ||
21 | far suggest that the two possible limits are actually 95 and 110 | ||
22 | degrees C. The datasheet is rather poor and obviously inaccurate | ||
23 | on several points including this one. | ||
24 | |||
25 | All temperature values are given in degrees Celsius. Resolution | ||
26 | is 1.0 degree. See the datasheet for details. | ||
27 | |||
28 | The w83l785ts driver will not update its values more frequently than | ||
29 | every other second; reading them more often will do no harm, but will | ||
30 | return 'old' values. | ||
31 | |||
32 | Known Issues | ||
33 | ------------ | ||
34 | |||
35 | On some systems (Asus), the BIOS is known to interfere with the driver | ||
36 | and cause read errors. The driver will retry a given number of times | ||
37 | (5 by default) and then give up, returning the old value (or 0 if | ||
38 | there is no old value). It seems to work well enough so that you should | ||
39 | not notice anything. Thanks to James Bolt for helping test this feature. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/porting-clients b/Documentation/i2c/porting-clients index 56404918eabc..a7adbdd9ea8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/porting-clients +++ b/Documentation/i2c/porting-clients | |||
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Technical changes: | |||
57 | Documentation/i2c/sysfs-interface for the individual files. Also | 57 | Documentation/i2c/sysfs-interface for the individual files. Also |
58 | convert the units these files read and write to the specified ones. | 58 | convert the units these files read and write to the specified ones. |
59 | If you need to add a new type of file, please discuss it on the | 59 | If you need to add a new type of file, please discuss it on the |
60 | sensors mailing list <sensors@stimpy.netroedge.com> by providing a | 60 | sensors mailing list <lm-sensors@lm-sensors.org> by providing a |
61 | patch to the Documentation/i2c/sysfs-interface file. | 61 | patch to the Documentation/i2c/sysfs-interface file. |
62 | 62 | ||
63 | * [Attach] For I2C drivers, the attach function should make sure | 63 | * [Attach] For I2C drivers, the attach function should make sure |
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/userspace-tools b/Documentation/i2c/userspace-tools new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2622aac65422 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/userspace-tools | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ | |||
1 | Introduction | ||
2 | ------------ | ||
3 | |||
4 | Most mainboards have sensor chips to monitor system health (like temperatures, | ||
5 | voltages, fans speed). They are often connected through an I2C bus, but some | ||
6 | are also connected directly through the ISA bus. | ||
7 | |||
8 | The kernel drivers make the data from the sensor chips available in the /sys | ||
9 | virtual filesystem. Userspace tools are then used to display or set or the | ||
10 | data in a more friendly manner. | ||
11 | |||
12 | Lm-sensors | ||
13 | ---------- | ||
14 | |||
15 | Core set of utilites that will allow you to obtain health information, | ||
16 | setup monitoring limits etc. You can get them on their homepage | ||
17 | http://www.lm-sensors.nu/ or as a package from your Linux distribution. | ||
18 | |||
19 | If from website: | ||
20 | Get lmsensors from project web site. Please note, you need only userspace | ||
21 | part, so compile with "make user_install" target. | ||
22 | |||
23 | General hints to get things working: | ||
24 | |||
25 | 0) get lm-sensors userspace utils | ||
26 | 1) compile all drivers in I2C section as modules in your kernel | ||
27 | 2) run sensors-detect script, it will tell you what modules you need to load. | ||
28 | 3) load them and run "sensors" command, you should see some results. | ||
29 | 4) fix sensors.conf, labels, limits, fan divisors | ||
30 | 5) if any more problems consult FAQ, or documentation | ||
31 | |||
32 | Other utilites | ||
33 | -------------- | ||
34 | |||
35 | If you want some graphical indicators of system health look for applications | ||
36 | like: gkrellm, ksensors, xsensors, wmtemp, wmsensors, wmgtemp, ksysguardd, | ||
37 | hardware-monitor | ||
38 | |||
39 | If you are server administrator you can try snmpd or mrtgutils. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients index ad27511e3c7d..f482dae81de3 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients +++ b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients | |||
@@ -171,45 +171,31 @@ The following lists are used internally: | |||
171 | 171 | ||
172 | normal_i2c: filled in by the module writer. | 172 | normal_i2c: filled in by the module writer. |
173 | A list of I2C addresses which should normally be examined. | 173 | A list of I2C addresses which should normally be examined. |
174 | normal_i2c_range: filled in by the module writer. | ||
175 | A list of pairs of I2C addresses, each pair being an inclusive range of | ||
176 | addresses which should normally be examined. | ||
177 | probe: insmod parameter. | 174 | probe: insmod parameter. |
178 | A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (-1 for any I2C bus), | 175 | A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (-1 for any I2C bus), |
179 | the second is the address. These addresses are also probed, as if they | 176 | the second is the address. These addresses are also probed, as if they |
180 | were in the 'normal' list. | 177 | were in the 'normal' list. |
181 | probe_range: insmod parameter. | ||
182 | A list of triples. The first value is a bus number (-1 for any I2C bus), | ||
183 | the second and third are addresses. These form an inclusive range of | ||
184 | addresses that are also probed, as if they were in the 'normal' list. | ||
185 | ignore: insmod parameter. | 178 | ignore: insmod parameter. |
186 | A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (-1 for any I2C bus), | 179 | A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (-1 for any I2C bus), |
187 | the second is the I2C address. These addresses are never probed. | 180 | the second is the I2C address. These addresses are never probed. |
188 | This parameter overrules 'normal' and 'probe', but not the 'force' lists. | 181 | This parameter overrules 'normal' and 'probe', but not the 'force' lists. |
189 | ignore_range: insmod parameter. | ||
190 | A list of triples. The first value is a bus number (-1 for any I2C bus), | ||
191 | the second and third are addresses. These form an inclusive range of | ||
192 | I2C addresses that are never probed. | ||
193 | This parameter overrules 'normal' and 'probe', but not the 'force' lists. | ||
194 | force: insmod parameter. | 182 | force: insmod parameter. |
195 | A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (-1 for any I2C bus), | 183 | A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (-1 for any I2C bus), |
196 | the second is the I2C address. A device is blindly assumed to be on | 184 | the second is the I2C address. A device is blindly assumed to be on |
197 | the given address, no probing is done. | 185 | the given address, no probing is done. |
198 | 186 | ||
199 | Fortunately, as a module writer, you just have to define the `normal' | 187 | Fortunately, as a module writer, you just have to define the `normal_i2c' |
200 | and/or `normal_range' parameters. The complete declaration could look | 188 | parameter. The complete declaration could look like this: |
201 | like this: | ||
202 | 189 | ||
203 | /* Scan 0x20 to 0x2f, 0x37, and 0x40 to 0x4f */ | 190 | /* Scan 0x37, and 0x48 to 0x4f */ |
204 | static unsigned short normal_i2c[] = { 0x37,I2C_CLIENT_END }; | 191 | static unsigned short normal_i2c[] = { 0x37, 0x48, 0x49, 0x4a, 0x4b, 0x4c, |
205 | static unsigned short normal_i2c_range[] = { 0x20, 0x2f, 0x40, 0x4f, | 192 | 0x4d, 0x4e, 0x4f, I2C_CLIENT_END }; |
206 | I2C_CLIENT_END }; | ||
207 | 193 | ||
208 | /* Magic definition of all other variables and things */ | 194 | /* Magic definition of all other variables and things */ |
209 | I2C_CLIENT_INSMOD; | 195 | I2C_CLIENT_INSMOD; |
210 | 196 | ||
211 | Note that you *have* to call the two defined variables `normal_i2c' and | 197 | Note that you *have* to call the defined variable `normal_i2c', |
212 | `normal_i2c_range', without any prefix! | 198 | without any prefix! |
213 | 199 | ||
214 | 200 | ||
215 | Probing classes (sensors) | 201 | Probing classes (sensors) |
@@ -223,39 +209,17 @@ The following lists are used internally. They are all lists of integers. | |||
223 | 209 | ||
224 | normal_i2c: filled in by the module writer. Terminated by SENSORS_I2C_END. | 210 | normal_i2c: filled in by the module writer. Terminated by SENSORS_I2C_END. |
225 | A list of I2C addresses which should normally be examined. | 211 | A list of I2C addresses which should normally be examined. |
226 | normal_i2c_range: filled in by the module writer. Terminated by | ||
227 | SENSORS_I2C_END | ||
228 | A list of pairs of I2C addresses, each pair being an inclusive range of | ||
229 | addresses which should normally be examined. | ||
230 | normal_isa: filled in by the module writer. Terminated by SENSORS_ISA_END. | 212 | normal_isa: filled in by the module writer. Terminated by SENSORS_ISA_END. |
231 | A list of ISA addresses which should normally be examined. | 213 | A list of ISA addresses which should normally be examined. |
232 | normal_isa_range: filled in by the module writer. Terminated by | ||
233 | SENSORS_ISA_END | ||
234 | A list of triples. The first two elements are ISA addresses, being an | ||
235 | range of addresses which should normally be examined. The third is the | ||
236 | modulo parameter: only addresses which are 0 module this value relative | ||
237 | to the first address of the range are actually considered. | ||
238 | probe: insmod parameter. Initialize this list with SENSORS_I2C_END values. | 214 | probe: insmod parameter. Initialize this list with SENSORS_I2C_END values. |
239 | A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (SENSORS_ISA_BUS for | 215 | A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (SENSORS_ISA_BUS for |
240 | the ISA bus, -1 for any I2C bus), the second is the address. These | 216 | the ISA bus, -1 for any I2C bus), the second is the address. These |
241 | addresses are also probed, as if they were in the 'normal' list. | 217 | addresses are also probed, as if they were in the 'normal' list. |
242 | probe_range: insmod parameter. Initialize this list with SENSORS_I2C_END | ||
243 | values. | ||
244 | A list of triples. The first value is a bus number (SENSORS_ISA_BUS for | ||
245 | the ISA bus, -1 for any I2C bus), the second and third are addresses. | ||
246 | These form an inclusive range of addresses that are also probed, as | ||
247 | if they were in the 'normal' list. | ||
248 | ignore: insmod parameter. Initialize this list with SENSORS_I2C_END values. | 218 | ignore: insmod parameter. Initialize this list with SENSORS_I2C_END values. |
249 | A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (SENSORS_ISA_BUS for | 219 | A list of pairs. The first value is a bus number (SENSORS_ISA_BUS for |
250 | the ISA bus, -1 for any I2C bus), the second is the I2C address. These | 220 | the ISA bus, -1 for any I2C bus), the second is the I2C address. These |
251 | addresses are never probed. This parameter overrules 'normal' and | 221 | addresses are never probed. This parameter overrules 'normal' and |
252 | 'probe', but not the 'force' lists. | 222 | 'probe', but not the 'force' lists. |
253 | ignore_range: insmod parameter. Initialize this list with SENSORS_I2C_END | ||
254 | values. | ||
255 | A list of triples. The first value is a bus number (SENSORS_ISA_BUS for | ||
256 | the ISA bus, -1 for any I2C bus), the second and third are addresses. | ||
257 | These form an inclusive range of I2C addresses that are never probed. | ||
258 | This parameter overrules 'normal' and 'probe', but not the 'force' lists. | ||
259 | 223 | ||
260 | Also used is a list of pointers to sensors_force_data structures: | 224 | Also used is a list of pointers to sensors_force_data structures: |
261 | force_data: insmod parameters. A list, ending with an element of which | 225 | force_data: insmod parameters. A list, ending with an element of which |
@@ -269,16 +233,14 @@ Also used is a list of pointers to sensors_force_data structures: | |||
269 | So we have a generic insmod variabled `force', and chip-specific variables | 233 | So we have a generic insmod variabled `force', and chip-specific variables |
270 | `force_CHIPNAME'. | 234 | `force_CHIPNAME'. |
271 | 235 | ||
272 | Fortunately, as a module writer, you just have to define the `normal' | 236 | Fortunately, as a module writer, you just have to define the `normal_i2c' |
273 | and/or `normal_range' parameters, and define what chip names are used. | 237 | and `normal_isa' parameters, and define what chip names are used. |
274 | The complete declaration could look like this: | 238 | The complete declaration could look like this: |
275 | /* Scan i2c addresses 0x20 to 0x2f, 0x37, and 0x40 to 0x4f | 239 | /* Scan i2c addresses 0x37, and 0x48 to 0x4f */ |
276 | static unsigned short normal_i2c[] = {0x37,SENSORS_I2C_END}; | 240 | static unsigned short normal_i2c[] = { 0x37, 0x48, 0x49, 0x4a, 0x4b, 0x4c, |
277 | static unsigned short normal_i2c_range[] = {0x20,0x2f,0x40,0x4f, | 241 | 0x4d, 0x4e, 0x4f, I2C_CLIENT_END }; |
278 | SENSORS_I2C_END}; | ||
279 | /* Scan ISA address 0x290 */ | 242 | /* Scan ISA address 0x290 */ |
280 | static unsigned int normal_isa[] = {0x0290,SENSORS_ISA_END}; | 243 | static unsigned int normal_isa[] = {0x0290,SENSORS_ISA_END}; |
281 | static unsigned int normal_isa_range[] = {SENSORS_ISA_END}; | ||
282 | 244 | ||
283 | /* Define chips foo and bar, as well as all module parameters and things */ | 245 | /* Define chips foo and bar, as well as all module parameters and things */ |
284 | SENSORS_INSMOD_2(foo,bar); | 246 | SENSORS_INSMOD_2(foo,bar); |
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/generic-hdlc.txt b/Documentation/networking/generic-hdlc.txt index 7d1dc6b884f3..31bc8b759b75 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/generic-hdlc.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/generic-hdlc.txt | |||
@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ | |||
1 | Generic HDLC layer | 1 | Generic HDLC layer |
2 | Krzysztof Halasa <khc@pm.waw.pl> | 2 | Krzysztof Halasa <khc@pm.waw.pl> |
3 | January, 2003 | ||
4 | 3 | ||
5 | 4 | ||
6 | Generic HDLC layer currently supports: | 5 | Generic HDLC layer currently supports: |
7 | - Frame Relay (ANSI, CCITT and no LMI), with ARP support (no InARP). | 6 | 1. Frame Relay (ANSI, CCITT, Cisco and no LMI). |
8 | Normal (routed) and Ethernet-bridged (Ethernet device emulation) | 7 | - Normal (routed) and Ethernet-bridged (Ethernet device emulation) |
9 | interfaces can share a single PVC. | 8 | interfaces can share a single PVC. |
10 | - raw HDLC - either IP (IPv4) interface or Ethernet device emulation. | 9 | - ARP support (no InARP support in the kernel - there is an |
11 | - Cisco HDLC, | 10 | experimental InARP user-space daemon available on: |
12 | - PPP (uses syncppp.c), | 11 | http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/hdlc/). |
13 | - X.25 (uses X.25 routines). | 12 | 2. raw HDLC - either IP (IPv4) interface or Ethernet device emulation. |
14 | 13 | 3. Cisco HDLC. | |
15 | There are hardware drivers for the following cards: | 14 | 4. PPP (uses syncppp.c). |
16 | - C101 by Moxa Technologies Co., Ltd. | 15 | 5. X.25 (uses X.25 routines). |
17 | - RISCom/N2 by SDL Communications Inc. | 16 | |
18 | - and others, some not in the official kernel. | 17 | Generic HDLC is a protocol driver only - it needs a low-level driver |
18 | for your particular hardware. | ||
19 | 19 | ||
20 | Ethernet device emulation (using HDLC or Frame-Relay PVC) is compatible | 20 | Ethernet device emulation (using HDLC or Frame-Relay PVC) is compatible |
21 | with IEEE 802.1Q (VLANs) and 802.1D (Ethernet bridging). | 21 | with IEEE 802.1Q (VLANs) and 802.1D (Ethernet bridging). |
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ with IEEE 802.1Q (VLANs) and 802.1D (Ethernet bridging). | |||
24 | Make sure the hdlc.o and the hardware driver are loaded. It should | 24 | Make sure the hdlc.o and the hardware driver are loaded. It should |
25 | create a number of "hdlc" (hdlc0 etc) network devices, one for each | 25 | create a number of "hdlc" (hdlc0 etc) network devices, one for each |
26 | WAN port. You'll need the "sethdlc" utility, get it from: | 26 | WAN port. You'll need the "sethdlc" utility, get it from: |
27 | http://hq.pm.waw.pl/hdlc/ | 27 | http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/hdlc/ |
28 | 28 | ||
29 | Compile sethdlc.c utility: | 29 | Compile sethdlc.c utility: |
30 | gcc -O2 -Wall -o sethdlc sethdlc.c | 30 | gcc -O2 -Wall -o sethdlc sethdlc.c |
@@ -52,12 +52,12 @@ Setting interface: | |||
52 | * v35 | rs232 | x21 | t1 | e1 - sets physical interface for a given port | 52 | * v35 | rs232 | x21 | t1 | e1 - sets physical interface for a given port |
53 | if the card has software-selectable interfaces | 53 | if the card has software-selectable interfaces |
54 | loopback - activate hardware loopback (for testing only) | 54 | loopback - activate hardware loopback (for testing only) |
55 | * clock ext - external clock (uses DTE RX and TX clock) | 55 | * clock ext - both RX clock and TX clock external |
56 | * clock int - internal clock (provides clock signal on DCE clock output) | 56 | * clock int - both RX clock and TX clock internal |
57 | * clock txint - TX internal, RX external (provides TX clock on DCE output) | 57 | * clock txint - RX clock external, TX clock internal |
58 | * clock txfromrx - TX clock derived from RX clock (TX clock on DCE output) | 58 | * clock txfromrx - RX clock external, TX clock derived from RX clock |
59 | * rate - sets clock rate in bps (not required for external clock or | 59 | * rate - sets clock rate in bps (for "int" or "txint" clock only) |
60 | for txfromrx) | 60 | |
61 | 61 | ||
62 | Setting protocol: | 62 | Setting protocol: |
63 | 63 | ||
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Setting protocol: | |||
79 | * x25 - sets X.25 mode | 79 | * x25 - sets X.25 mode |
80 | 80 | ||
81 | * fr - Frame Relay mode | 81 | * fr - Frame Relay mode |
82 | lmi ansi / ccitt / none - LMI (link management) type | 82 | lmi ansi / ccitt / cisco / none - LMI (link management) type |
83 | dce - Frame Relay DCE (network) side LMI instead of default DTE (user). | 83 | dce - Frame Relay DCE (network) side LMI instead of default DTE (user). |
84 | It has nothing to do with clocks! | 84 | It has nothing to do with clocks! |
85 | t391 - link integrity verification polling timer (in seconds) - user | 85 | t391 - link integrity verification polling timer (in seconds) - user |
@@ -119,13 +119,14 @@ or | |||
119 | 119 | ||
120 | 120 | ||
121 | 121 | ||
122 | If you have a problem with N2 or C101 card, you can issue the "private" | 122 | If you have a problem with N2, C101 or PLX200SYN card, you can issue the |
123 | command to see port's packet descriptor rings (in kernel logs): | 123 | "private" command to see port's packet descriptor rings (in kernel logs): |
124 | 124 | ||
125 | sethdlc hdlc0 private | 125 | sethdlc hdlc0 private |
126 | 126 | ||
127 | The hardware driver has to be build with CONFIG_HDLC_DEBUG_RINGS. | 127 | The hardware driver has to be build with #define DEBUG_RINGS. |
128 | Attaching this info to bug reports would be helpful. Anyway, let me know | 128 | Attaching this info to bug reports would be helpful. Anyway, let me know |
129 | if you have problems using this. | 129 | if you have problems using this. |
130 | 130 | ||
131 | For patches and other info look at http://hq.pm.waw.pl/hdlc/ | 131 | For patches and other info look at: |
132 | <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/hdlc/>. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt b/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt index 5049a64313d1..b06c8c69266f 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/multicast.txt | |||
@@ -47,7 +47,6 @@ ni52 <------------------ Buggy ------------------> | |||
47 | ni65 YES YES YES Software(#) | 47 | ni65 YES YES YES Software(#) |
48 | seeq NO NO NO N/A | 48 | seeq NO NO NO N/A |
49 | sgiseek <------------------ Buggy ------------------> | 49 | sgiseek <------------------ Buggy ------------------> |
50 | sk_g16 NO NO YES N/A | ||
51 | smc-ultra YES YES YES Hardware | 50 | smc-ultra YES YES YES Hardware |
52 | sunlance YES YES YES Hardware | 51 | sunlance YES YES YES Hardware |
53 | tulip YES YES YES Hardware | 52 | tulip YES YES YES Hardware |
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt b/Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt index 3830a83513d2..0b27863f155c 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt | |||
@@ -284,9 +284,6 @@ ppp.c: | |||
284 | seeq8005.c: *Not modularized* | 284 | seeq8005.c: *Not modularized* |
285 | (Probes ports: 0x300, 0x320, 0x340, 0x360) | 285 | (Probes ports: 0x300, 0x320, 0x340, 0x360) |
286 | 286 | ||
287 | sk_g16.c: *Not modularized* | ||
288 | (Probes ports: 0x100, 0x180, 0x208, 0x220m 0x288, 0x320, 0x328, 0x390) | ||
289 | |||
290 | skeleton.c: *Skeleton* | 287 | skeleton.c: *Skeleton* |
291 | 288 | ||
292 | slhc.c: | 289 | slhc.c: |
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt b/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt index fa12a9e4abdd..80e1cb19609f 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt | |||
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Don is no longer the prime maintainer of this version of the driver. | |||
12 | Please report problems to one or more of: | 12 | Please report problems to one or more of: |
13 | 13 | ||
14 | Andrew Morton <andrewm@uow.edu.au> | 14 | Andrew Morton <andrewm@uow.edu.au> |
15 | Netdev mailing list <netdev@oss.sgi.com> | 15 | Netdev mailing list <netdev@vger.kernel.org> |
16 | Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> | 16 | Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> |
17 | 17 | ||
18 | Please note the 'Reporting and Diagnosing Problems' section at the end | 18 | Please note the 'Reporting and Diagnosing Problems' section at the end |
diff --git a/Documentation/power/devices.txt b/Documentation/power/devices.txt index 5d4ae9a39f1d..f987afe43e28 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/devices.txt | |||
@@ -207,27 +207,6 @@ SYSTEM_SHUTDOWN, I do not understand this one too much. probably event | |||
207 | #READY_AFTER_RESUME | 207 | #READY_AFTER_RESUME |
208 | # | 208 | # |
209 | 209 | ||
210 | Driver Detach Power Management | ||
211 | |||
212 | The kernel now supports the ability to place a device in a low-power | ||
213 | state when it is detached from its driver, which happens when its | ||
214 | module is removed. | ||
215 | |||
216 | Each device contains a 'detach_state' file in its sysfs directory | ||
217 | which can be used to control this state. Reading from this file | ||
218 | displays what the current detach state is set to. This is 0 (On) by | ||
219 | default. A user may write a positive integer value to this file in the | ||
220 | range of 1-4 inclusive. | ||
221 | |||
222 | A value of 1-3 will indicate the device should be placed in that | ||
223 | low-power state, which will cause ->suspend() to be called for that | ||
224 | device. A value of 4 indicates that the device should be shutdown, so | ||
225 | ->shutdown() will be called for that device. | ||
226 | |||
227 | The driver is responsible for reinitializing the device when the | ||
228 | module is re-inserted during it's ->probe() (or equivalent) method. | ||
229 | The driver core will not call any extra functions when binding the | ||
230 | device to the driver. | ||
231 | 210 | ||
232 | pm_message_t meaning | 211 | pm_message_t meaning |
233 | 212 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt index c0a62e116e6e..dca75cbda6f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt | |||
@@ -347,8 +347,8 @@ address that is created by firmware. An example vty-server sysfs entry | |||
347 | looks like the following: | 347 | looks like the following: |
348 | 348 | ||
349 | Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # ls | 349 | Pow5:/sys/bus/vio/drivers/hvcs/30000004 # ls |
350 | . current_vty devspec name partner_vtys | 350 | . current_vty devspec name partner_vtys |
351 | .. detach_state index partner_clcs vterm_state | 351 | .. index partner_clcs vterm_state |
352 | 352 | ||
353 | Each entry is provided, by default with a "name" attribute. Reading the | 353 | Each entry is provided, by default with a "name" attribute. Reading the |
354 | "name" attribute will reveal the device type as shown in the following | 354 | "name" attribute will reveal the device type as shown in the following |
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/CommonIO b/Documentation/s390/CommonIO index a831d9ae5a5e..59d1166d41ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/s390/CommonIO +++ b/Documentation/s390/CommonIO | |||
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Command line parameters | |||
30 | device numbers (0xabcd or abcd, for 2.4 backward compatibility). | 30 | device numbers (0xabcd or abcd, for 2.4 backward compatibility). |
31 | You can use the 'all' keyword to ignore all devices. | 31 | You can use the 'all' keyword to ignore all devices. |
32 | The '!' operator will cause the I/O-layer to _not_ ignore a device. | 32 | The '!' operator will cause the I/O-layer to _not_ ignore a device. |
33 | The order on the command line is not important. | 33 | The command line is parsed from left to right. |
34 | 34 | ||
35 | For example, | 35 | For example, |
36 | cio_ignore=0.0.0023-0.0.0042,0.0.4711 | 36 | cio_ignore=0.0.0023-0.0.0042,0.0.4711 |
@@ -72,13 +72,14 @@ Command line parameters | |||
72 | /proc/cio_ignore; "add <device range>, <device range>, ..." will ignore the | 72 | /proc/cio_ignore; "add <device range>, <device range>, ..." will ignore the |
73 | specified devices. | 73 | specified devices. |
74 | 74 | ||
75 | Note: Already known devices cannot be ignored. | 75 | Note: While already known devices can be added to the list of devices to be |
76 | ignored, there will be no effect on then. However, if such a device | ||
77 | disappears and then reappeares, it will then be ignored. | ||
76 | 78 | ||
77 | For example, if device 0.0.abcd is already known and all other devices | 79 | For example, |
78 | 0.0.a000-0.0.afff are not known, | ||
79 | "echo add 0.0.a000-0.0.accc, 0.0.af00-0.0.afff > /proc/cio_ignore" | 80 | "echo add 0.0.a000-0.0.accc, 0.0.af00-0.0.afff > /proc/cio_ignore" |
80 | will add 0.0.a000-0.0.abcc, 0.0.abce-0.0.accc and 0.0.af00-0.0.afff to the | 81 | will add 0.0.a000-0.0.accc and 0.0.af00-0.0.afff to the list of ignored |
81 | list of ignored devices and skip 0.0.abcd. | 82 | devices. |
82 | 83 | ||
83 | The devices can be specified either by bus id (0.0.abcd) or, for 2.4 backward | 84 | The devices can be specified either by bus id (0.0.abcd) or, for 2.4 backward |
84 | compatibilty, by the device number in hexadecimal (0xabcd or abcd). | 85 | compatibilty, by the device number in hexadecimal (0xabcd or abcd). |
@@ -98,7 +99,8 @@ Command line parameters | |||
98 | 99 | ||
99 | - /proc/s390dbf/cio_trace/hex_ascii | 100 | - /proc/s390dbf/cio_trace/hex_ascii |
100 | Logs the calling of functions in the common I/O-layer and, if applicable, | 101 | Logs the calling of functions in the common I/O-layer and, if applicable, |
101 | which subchannel they were called for. | 102 | which subchannel they were called for, as well as dumps of some data |
103 | structures (like irb in an error case). | ||
102 | 104 | ||
103 | The level of logging can be changed to be more or less verbose by piping to | 105 | The level of logging can be changed to be more or less verbose by piping to |
104 | /proc/s390dbf/cio_*/level a number between 0 and 6; see the documentation on | 106 | /proc/s390dbf/cio_*/level a number between 0 and 6; see the documentation on |
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid index a9356c63b800..5331d91432c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid | |||
@@ -1,3 +1,69 @@ | |||
1 | Release Date : Mon Mar 07 12:27:22 EST 2005 - Seokmann Ju <sju@lsil.com> | ||
2 | Current Version : 2.20.4.6 (scsi module), 2.20.2.6 (cmm module) | ||
3 | Older Version : 2.20.4.5 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module) | ||
4 | |||
5 | 1. Added IOCTL backward compatibility. | ||
6 | Convert megaraid_mm driver to new compat_ioctl entry points. | ||
7 | I don't have easy access to hardware, so only compile tested. | ||
8 | - Signed-off-by:Andi Kleen <ak@muc.de> | ||
9 | |||
10 | 2. megaraid_mbox fix: wrong order of arguments in memset() | ||
11 | That, BTW, shows why cross-builds are useful-the only indication of | ||
12 | problem had been a new warning showing up in sparse output on alpha | ||
13 | build (number of exceeding 256 got truncated). | ||
14 | - Signed-off-by: Al Viro | ||
15 | <viro@parcelfarce.linux.theplanet.co.uk> | ||
16 | |||
17 | 3. Convert pci_module_init to pci_register_driver | ||
18 | Convert from pci_module_init to pci_register_driver | ||
19 | (from:http://kerneljanitors.org/TODO) | ||
20 | - Signed-off-by: Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org> | ||
21 | |||
22 | 4. Use the pre defined DMA mask constants from dma-mapping.h | ||
23 | Use the DMA_{64,32}BIT_MASK constants from dma-mapping.h when calling | ||
24 | pci_set_dma_mask() or pci_set_consistend_dma_mask(). See | ||
25 | http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?t=108001993000001&r=1&w=2 for more | ||
26 | details. | ||
27 | Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@nuerscht.ch> | ||
28 | Signed-off-by: Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org> | ||
29 | |||
30 | 5. Remove SSID checking for Dobson, Lindsay, and Verde based products. | ||
31 | Checking the SSVID/SSID for controllers which have Dobson, Lindsay, | ||
32 | and Verde is unnecessary because device ID has been assigned by LSI | ||
33 | and it is unique value. So, all controllers with these IOPs have to be | ||
34 | supported by the driver regardless SSVID/SSID. | ||
35 | |||
36 | 6. Date Thu, 27 Jan 2005 04:31:09 +0100 | ||
37 | From Herbert Poetzl <> | ||
38 | Subject RFC: assert_spin_locked() for 2.6 | ||
39 | |||
40 | Greetings! | ||
41 | |||
42 | overcautious programming will kill your kernel ;) | ||
43 | ever thought about checking a spin_lock or even | ||
44 | asserting that it must be held (maybe just for | ||
45 | spinlock debugging?) ... | ||
46 | |||
47 | there are several checks present in the kernel | ||
48 | where somebody does a variation on the following: | ||
49 | |||
50 | BUG_ON(!spin_is_locked(&some_lock)); | ||
51 | |||
52 | so what's wrong about that? nothing, unless you | ||
53 | compile the code with CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK but | ||
54 | without CONFIG_SMP ... in which case the BUG() | ||
55 | will kill your kernel ... | ||
56 | |||
57 | maybe it's not advised to make such assertions, | ||
58 | but here is a solution which works for me ... | ||
59 | (compile tested for sh, x86_64 and x86, boot/run | ||
60 | tested for x86 only) | ||
61 | |||
62 | best, | ||
63 | Herbert | ||
64 | |||
65 | - Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>, Thu, 27 Jan 2005 | ||
66 | |||
1 | Release Date : Thu Feb 03 12:27:22 EST 2005 - Seokmann Ju <sju@lsil.com> | 67 | Release Date : Thu Feb 03 12:27:22 EST 2005 - Seokmann Ju <sju@lsil.com> |
2 | Current Version : 2.20.4.5 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module) | 68 | Current Version : 2.20.4.5 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module) |
3 | Older Version : 2.20.4.4 (scsi module), 2.20.2.4 (cmm module) | 69 | Older Version : 2.20.4.4 (scsi module), 2.20.2.4 (cmm module) |
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c132687b017a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ | |||
1 | |||
2 | README for the SCSI media changer driver | ||
3 | ======================================== | ||
4 | |||
5 | This is a driver for SCSI Medium Changer devices, which are listed | ||
6 | with "Type: Medium Changer" in /proc/scsi/scsi. | ||
7 | |||
8 | This is for *real* Jukeboxes. It is *not* supported to work with | ||
9 | common small CD-ROM changers, neither one-lun-per-slot SCSI changers | ||
10 | nor IDE drives. | ||
11 | |||
12 | Userland tools available from here: | ||
13 | http://linux.bytesex.org/misc/changer.html | ||
14 | |||
15 | |||
16 | General Information | ||
17 | ------------------- | ||
18 | |||
19 | First some words about how changers work: A changer has 2 (possibly | ||
20 | more) SCSI ID's. One for the changer device which controls the robot, | ||
21 | and one for the device which actually reads and writes the data. The | ||
22 | later may be anything, a MOD, a CD-ROM, a tape or whatever. For the | ||
23 | changer device this is a "don't care", he *only* shuffles around the | ||
24 | media, nothing else. | ||
25 | |||
26 | |||
27 | The SCSI changer model is complex, compared to - for example - IDE-CD | ||
28 | changers. But it allows to handle nearly all possible cases. It knows | ||
29 | 4 different types of changer elements: | ||
30 | |||
31 | media transport - this one shuffles around the media, i.e. the | ||
32 | transport arm. Also known as "picker". | ||
33 | storage - a slot which can hold a media. | ||
34 | import/export - the same as above, but is accessable from outside, | ||
35 | i.e. there the operator (you !) can use this to | ||
36 | fill in and remove media from the changer. | ||
37 | Sometimes named "mailslot". | ||
38 | data transfer - this is the device which reads/writes, i.e. the | ||
39 | CD-ROM / Tape / whatever drive. | ||
40 | |||
41 | None of these is limited to one: A huge Jukebox could have slots for | ||
42 | 123 CD-ROM's, 5 CD-ROM readers (and therefore 6 SCSI ID's: the changer | ||
43 | and each CD-ROM) and 2 transport arms. No problem to handle. | ||
44 | |||
45 | |||
46 | How it is implemented | ||
47 | --------------------- | ||
48 | |||
49 | I implemented the driver as character device driver with a NetBSD-like | ||
50 | ioctl interface. Just grabbed NetBSD's header file and one of the | ||
51 | other linux SCSI device drivers as starting point. The interface | ||
52 | should be source code compatible with NetBSD. So if there is any | ||
53 | software (anybody knows ???) which supports a BSDish changer driver, | ||
54 | it should work with this driver too. | ||
55 | |||
56 | Over time a few more ioctls where added, volume tag support for example | ||
57 | wasn't covered by the NetBSD ioctl API. | ||
58 | |||
59 | |||
60 | Current State | ||
61 | ------------- | ||
62 | |||
63 | Support for more than one transport arm is not implemented yet (and | ||
64 | nobody asked for it so far...). | ||
65 | |||
66 | I test and use the driver myself with a 35 slot cdrom jukebox from | ||
67 | Grundig. I got some reports telling it works ok with tape autoloaders | ||
68 | (Exabyte, HP and DEC). Some People use this driver with amanda. It | ||
69 | works fine with small (11 slots) and a huge (4 MOs, 88 slots) | ||
70 | magneto-optical Jukebox. Probably with lots of other changers too, most | ||
71 | (but not all :-) people mail me only if it does *not* work... | ||
72 | |||
73 | I don't have any device lists, neither black-list nor white-list. Thus | ||
74 | it is quite useless to ask me whenever a specific device is supported or | ||
75 | not. In theory every changer device which supports the SCSI-2 media | ||
76 | changer command set should work out-of-the-box with this driver. If it | ||
77 | doesn't, it is a bug. Either within the driver or within the firmware | ||
78 | of the changer device. | ||
79 | |||
80 | |||
81 | Using it | ||
82 | -------- | ||
83 | |||
84 | This is a character device with major number is 86, so use | ||
85 | "mknod /dev/sch0 c 86 0" to create the special file for the driver. | ||
86 | |||
87 | If the module finds the changer, it prints some messages about the | ||
88 | device [ try "dmesg" if you don't see anything ] and should show up in | ||
89 | /proc/devices. If not.... some changers use ID ? / LUN 0 for the | ||
90 | device and ID ? / LUN 1 for the robot mechanism. But Linux does *not* | ||
91 | look for LUN's other than 0 as default, becauce there are to many | ||
92 | broken devices. So you can try: | ||
93 | |||
94 | 1) echo "scsi add-single-device 0 0 ID 1" > /proc/scsi/scsi | ||
95 | (replace ID with the SCSI-ID of the device) | ||
96 | 2) boot the kernel with "max_scsi_luns=1" on the command line | ||
97 | (append="max_scsi_luns=1" in lilo.conf should do the trick) | ||
98 | |||
99 | |||
100 | Trouble? | ||
101 | -------- | ||
102 | |||
103 | If you insmod the driver with "insmod debug=1", it will be verbose and | ||
104 | prints a lot of stuff to the syslog. Compiling the kernel with | ||
105 | CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS=y improves the quality of the error messages alot | ||
106 | because the kernel will translate the error codes into human-readable | ||
107 | strings then. | ||
108 | |||
109 | You can display these messages with the dmesg command (or check the | ||
110 | logfiles). If you email me some question becauce of a problem with the | ||
111 | driver, please include these messages. | ||
112 | |||
113 | |||
114 | Insmod options | ||
115 | -------------- | ||
116 | |||
117 | debug=0/1 | ||
118 | Enable debug messages (see above, default: 0). | ||
119 | |||
120 | verbose=0/1 | ||
121 | Be verbose (default: 1). | ||
122 | |||
123 | init=0/1 | ||
124 | Send INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS command to the changer | ||
125 | at insmod time (default: 1). | ||
126 | |||
127 | timeout_init=<seconds> | ||
128 | timeout for the INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS command | ||
129 | (default: 3600). | ||
130 | |||
131 | timeout_move=<seconds> | ||
132 | timeout for all other commands (default: 120). | ||
133 | |||
134 | dt_id=<id1>,<id2>,... | ||
135 | dt_lun=<lun1>,<lun2>,... | ||
136 | These two allow to specify the SCSI ID and LUN for the data | ||
137 | transfer elements. You likely don't need this as the jukebox | ||
138 | should provide this information. But some devices don't ... | ||
139 | |||
140 | vendor_firsts= | ||
141 | vendor_counts= | ||
142 | vendor_labels= | ||
143 | These insmod options can be used to tell the driver that there | ||
144 | are some vendor-specific element types. Grundig for example | ||
145 | does this. Some jukeboxes have a printer to label fresh burned | ||
146 | CDs, which is addressed as element 0xc000 (type 5). To tell the | ||
147 | driver about this vendor-specific element, use this: | ||
148 | $ insmod ch \ | ||
149 | vendor_firsts=0xc000 \ | ||
150 | vendor_counts=1 \ | ||
151 | vendor_labels=printer | ||
152 | All three insmod options accept up to four comma-separated | ||
153 | values, this way you can configure the element types 5-8. | ||
154 | You likely need the SCSI specs for the device in question to | ||
155 | find the correct values as they are not covered by the SCSI-2 | ||
156 | standard. | ||
157 | |||
158 | |||
159 | Credits | ||
160 | ------- | ||
161 | |||
162 | I wrote this driver using the famous mailing-patches-around-the-world | ||
163 | method. With (more or less) help from: | ||
164 | |||
165 | Daniel Moehwald <moehwald@hdg.de> | ||
166 | Dane Jasper <dane@sonic.net> | ||
167 | R. Scott Bailey <sbailey@dsddi.eds.com> | ||
168 | Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> | ||
169 | |||
170 | Special thanks go to | ||
171 | Martin Kuehne <martin.kuehne@bnbt.de> | ||
172 | for a old, second-hand (but full functional) cdrom jukebox which I use | ||
173 | to develop/test driver and tools now. | ||
174 | |||
175 | Have fun, | ||
176 | |||
177 | Gerd | ||
178 | |||
179 | -- | ||
180 | Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt index e41703d7d24d..da176c95d0fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt | |||
@@ -936,8 +936,7 @@ Details: | |||
936 | * | 936 | * |
937 | * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED | 937 | * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED |
938 | * | 938 | * |
939 | * Locks: struct Scsi_Host::host_lock held (with irqsave) on entry | 939 | * Locks: None held |
940 | * and assumed to be held on return. | ||
941 | * | 940 | * |
942 | * Calling context: kernel thread | 941 | * Calling context: kernel thread |
943 | * | 942 | * |
@@ -955,8 +954,7 @@ Details: | |||
955 | * | 954 | * |
956 | * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED | 955 | * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED |
957 | * | 956 | * |
958 | * Locks: struct Scsi_Host::host_lock held (with irqsave) on entry | 957 | * Locks: None held |
959 | * and assumed to be held on return. | ||
960 | * | 958 | * |
961 | * Calling context: kernel thread | 959 | * Calling context: kernel thread |
962 | * | 960 | * |
@@ -974,8 +972,7 @@ Details: | |||
974 | * | 972 | * |
975 | * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED | 973 | * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED |
976 | * | 974 | * |
977 | * Locks: struct Scsi_Host::host_lock held (with irqsave) on entry | 975 | * Locks: None held |
978 | * and assumed to be held on return. | ||
979 | * | 976 | * |
980 | * Calling context: kernel thread | 977 | * Calling context: kernel thread |
981 | * | 978 | * |
@@ -993,8 +990,7 @@ Details: | |||
993 | * | 990 | * |
994 | * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED | 991 | * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED |
995 | * | 992 | * |
996 | * Locks: struct Scsi_Host::host_lock held (with irqsave) on entry | 993 | * Locks: None held |
997 | * and assumed to be held on return. | ||
998 | * | 994 | * |
999 | * Calling context: kernel thread | 995 | * Calling context: kernel thread |
1000 | * | 996 | * |
diff --git a/Documentation/sgi-ioc4.txt b/Documentation/sgi-ioc4.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..876c96ae38db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sgi-ioc4.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ | |||
1 | The SGI IOC4 PCI device is a bit of a strange beast, so some notes on | ||
2 | it are in order. | ||
3 | |||
4 | First, even though the IOC4 performs multiple functions, such as an | ||
5 | IDE controller, a serial controller, a PS/2 keyboard/mouse controller, | ||
6 | and an external interrupt mechanism, it's not implemented as a | ||
7 | multifunction device. The consequence of this from a software | ||
8 | standpoint is that all these functions share a single IRQ, and | ||
9 | they can't all register to own the same PCI device ID. To make | ||
10 | matters a bit worse, some of the register blocks (and even registers | ||
11 | themselves) present in IOC4 are mixed-purpose between these several | ||
12 | functions, meaning that there's no clear "owning" device driver. | ||
13 | |||
14 | The solution is to organize the IOC4 driver into several independent | ||
15 | drivers, "ioc4", "sgiioc4", and "ioc4_serial". Note that there is no | ||
16 | PS/2 controller driver as this functionality has never been wired up | ||
17 | on a shipping IO card. | ||
18 | |||
19 | ioc4 | ||
20 | ==== | ||
21 | This is the core (or shim) driver for IOC4. It is responsible for | ||
22 | initializing the basic functionality of the chip, and allocating | ||
23 | the PCI resources that are shared between the IOC4 functions. | ||
24 | |||
25 | This driver also provides registration functions that the other | ||
26 | IOC4 drivers can call to make their presence known. Each driver | ||
27 | needs to provide a probe and remove function, which are invoked | ||
28 | by the core driver at appropriate times. The interface of these | ||
29 | IOC4 function probe and remove operations isn't precisely the same | ||
30 | as PCI device probe and remove operations, but is logically the | ||
31 | same operation. | ||
32 | |||
33 | sgiioc4 | ||
34 | ======= | ||
35 | This is the IDE driver for IOC4. Its name isn't very descriptive | ||
36 | simply for historical reasons (it used to be the only IOC4 driver | ||
37 | component). There's not much to say about it other than it hooks | ||
38 | up to the ioc4 driver via the appropriate registration, probe, and | ||
39 | remove functions. | ||
40 | |||
41 | ioc4_serial | ||
42 | =========== | ||
43 | This is the serial driver for IOC4. There's not much to say about it | ||
44 | other than it hooks up to the ioc4 driver via the appropriate registration, | ||
45 | probe, and remove functions. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt index 71ef0498d5e0..104a994b8289 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt | |||
@@ -615,9 +615,11 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
615 | Module snd-hda-intel | 615 | Module snd-hda-intel |
616 | -------------------- | 616 | -------------------- |
617 | 617 | ||
618 | Module for Intel HD Audio (ICH6, ICH6M, ICH7) | 618 | Module for Intel HD Audio (ICH6, ICH6M, ICH7), ATI SB450, |
619 | VIA VT8251/VT8237A | ||
619 | 620 | ||
620 | model - force the model name | 621 | model - force the model name |
622 | position_fix - Fix DMA pointer (0 = FIFO size, 1 = none, 2 = POSBUF) | ||
621 | 623 | ||
622 | Module supports up to 8 cards. | 624 | Module supports up to 8 cards. |
623 | 625 | ||
@@ -635,6 +637,10 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
635 | 5stack 5-jack in back, 2-jack in front | 637 | 5stack 5-jack in back, 2-jack in front |
636 | 5stack-digout 5-jack in back, 2-jack in front, a SPDIF out | 638 | 5stack-digout 5-jack in back, 2-jack in front, a SPDIF out |
637 | w810 3-jack | 639 | w810 3-jack |
640 | z71v 3-jack (HP shared SPDIF) | ||
641 | asus 3-jack | ||
642 | uniwill 3-jack | ||
643 | F1734 2-jack | ||
638 | 644 | ||
639 | CMI9880 | 645 | CMI9880 |
640 | minimal 3-jack in back | 646 | minimal 3-jack in back |
@@ -642,6 +648,15 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
642 | full 6-jack in back, 2-jack in front | 648 | full 6-jack in back, 2-jack in front |
643 | full_dig 6-jack in back, 2-jack in front, SPDIF I/O | 649 | full_dig 6-jack in back, 2-jack in front, SPDIF I/O |
644 | allout 5-jack in back, 2-jack in front, SPDIF out | 650 | allout 5-jack in back, 2-jack in front, SPDIF out |
651 | auto auto-config reading BIOS (default) | ||
652 | |||
653 | Note 2: If you get click noises on output, try the module option | ||
654 | position_fix=1 or 2. position_fix=1 will use the SD_LPIB | ||
655 | register value without FIFO size correction as the current | ||
656 | DMA pointer. position_fix=2 will make the driver to use | ||
657 | the position buffer instead of reading SD_LPIB register. | ||
658 | (Usually SD_LPLIB register is more accurate than the | ||
659 | position buffer.) | ||
645 | 660 | ||
646 | Module snd-hdsp | 661 | Module snd-hdsp |
647 | --------------- | 662 | --------------- |
@@ -660,7 +675,19 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
660 | module did formerly. It will allocate the buffers in advance | 675 | module did formerly. It will allocate the buffers in advance |
661 | when any HDSP cards are found. To make the buffer | 676 | when any HDSP cards are found. To make the buffer |
662 | allocation sure, load snd-page-alloc module in the early | 677 | allocation sure, load snd-page-alloc module in the early |
663 | stage of boot sequence. | 678 | stage of boot sequence. See "Early Buffer Allocation" |
679 | section. | ||
680 | |||
681 | Module snd-hdspm | ||
682 | ---------------- | ||
683 | |||
684 | Module for RME HDSP MADI board. | ||
685 | |||
686 | precise_ptr - Enable precise pointer, or disable. | ||
687 | line_outs_monitor - Send playback streams to analog outs by default. | ||
688 | enable_monitor - Enable Analog Out on Channel 63/64 by default. | ||
689 | |||
690 | See hdspm.txt for details. | ||
664 | 691 | ||
665 | Module snd-ice1712 | 692 | Module snd-ice1712 |
666 | ------------------ | 693 | ------------------ |
@@ -677,15 +704,19 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
677 | * TerraTec EWS 88D | 704 | * TerraTec EWS 88D |
678 | * TerraTec EWX 24/96 | 705 | * TerraTec EWX 24/96 |
679 | * TerraTec DMX 6Fire | 706 | * TerraTec DMX 6Fire |
707 | * TerraTec Phase 88 | ||
680 | * Hoontech SoundTrack DSP 24 | 708 | * Hoontech SoundTrack DSP 24 |
681 | * Hoontech SoundTrack DSP 24 Value | 709 | * Hoontech SoundTrack DSP 24 Value |
682 | * Hoontech SoundTrack DSP 24 Media 7.1 | 710 | * Hoontech SoundTrack DSP 24 Media 7.1 |
711 | * Event Electronics, EZ8 | ||
683 | * Digigram VX442 | 712 | * Digigram VX442 |
713 | * Lionstracs, Mediastaton | ||
684 | 714 | ||
685 | model - Use the given board model, one of the following: | 715 | model - Use the given board model, one of the following: |
686 | delta1010, dio2496, delta66, delta44, audiophile, delta410, | 716 | delta1010, dio2496, delta66, delta44, audiophile, delta410, |
687 | delta1010lt, vx442, ewx2496, ews88mt, ews88mt_new, ews88d, | 717 | delta1010lt, vx442, ewx2496, ews88mt, ews88mt_new, ews88d, |
688 | dmx6fire, dsp24, dsp24_value, dsp24_71, ez8 | 718 | dmx6fire, dsp24, dsp24_value, dsp24_71, ez8, |
719 | phase88, mediastation | ||
689 | omni - Omni I/O support for MidiMan M-Audio Delta44/66 | 720 | omni - Omni I/O support for MidiMan M-Audio Delta44/66 |
690 | cs8427_timeout - reset timeout for the CS8427 chip (S/PDIF transciever) | 721 | cs8427_timeout - reset timeout for the CS8427 chip (S/PDIF transciever) |
691 | in msec resolution, default value is 500 (0.5 sec) | 722 | in msec resolution, default value is 500 (0.5 sec) |
@@ -694,20 +725,46 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
694 | is not used with all Envy24 based cards (for example in the MidiMan Delta | 725 | is not used with all Envy24 based cards (for example in the MidiMan Delta |
695 | serie). | 726 | serie). |
696 | 727 | ||
728 | Note: The supported board is detected by reading EEPROM or PCI | ||
729 | SSID (if EEPROM isn't available). You can override the | ||
730 | model by passing "model" module option in case that the | ||
731 | driver isn't configured properly or you want to try another | ||
732 | type for testing. | ||
733 | |||
697 | Module snd-ice1724 | 734 | Module snd-ice1724 |
698 | ------------------ | 735 | ------------------ |
699 | 736 | ||
700 | Module for Envy24HT (VT/ICE1724) based PCI sound cards. | 737 | Module for Envy24HT (VT/ICE1724), Envy24PT (VT1720) based PCI sound cards. |
701 | * MidiMan M Audio Revolution 7.1 | 738 | * MidiMan M Audio Revolution 7.1 |
702 | * AMP Ltd AUDIO2000 | 739 | * AMP Ltd AUDIO2000 |
703 | * TerraTec Aureon Sky-5.1, Space-7.1 | 740 | * TerraTec Aureon 5.1 Sky |
741 | * TerraTec Aureon 7.1 Space | ||
742 | * TerraTec Aureon 7.1 Universe | ||
743 | * TerraTec Phase 22 | ||
744 | * TerraTec Phase 28 | ||
745 | * AudioTrak Prodigy 7.1 | ||
746 | * AudioTrak Prodigy 192 | ||
747 | * Pontis MS300 | ||
748 | * Albatron K8X800 Pro II | ||
749 | * Chaintech ZNF3-150 | ||
750 | * Chaintech ZNF3-250 | ||
751 | * Chaintech 9CJS | ||
752 | * Chaintech AV-710 | ||
753 | * Shuttle SN25P | ||
704 | 754 | ||
705 | model - Use the given board model, one of the following: | 755 | model - Use the given board model, one of the following: |
706 | revo71, amp2000, prodigy71, aureon51, aureon71, | 756 | revo71, amp2000, prodigy71, prodigy192, aureon51, |
707 | k8x800 | 757 | aureon71, universe, k8x800, phase22, phase28, ms300, |
758 | av710 | ||
708 | 759 | ||
709 | Module supports up to 8 cards and autoprobe. | 760 | Module supports up to 8 cards and autoprobe. |
710 | 761 | ||
762 | Note: The supported board is detected by reading EEPROM or PCI | ||
763 | SSID (if EEPROM isn't available). You can override the | ||
764 | model by passing "model" module option in case that the | ||
765 | driver isn't configured properly or you want to try another | ||
766 | type for testing. | ||
767 | |||
711 | Module snd-intel8x0 | 768 | Module snd-intel8x0 |
712 | ------------------- | 769 | ------------------- |
713 | 770 | ||
@@ -1026,7 +1083,8 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
1026 | module did formerly. It will allocate the buffers in advance | 1083 | module did formerly. It will allocate the buffers in advance |
1027 | when any RME9652 cards are found. To make the buffer | 1084 | when any RME9652 cards are found. To make the buffer |
1028 | allocation sure, load snd-page-alloc module in the early | 1085 | allocation sure, load snd-page-alloc module in the early |
1029 | stage of boot sequence. | 1086 | stage of boot sequence. See "Early Buffer Allocation" |
1087 | section. | ||
1030 | 1088 | ||
1031 | Module snd-sa11xx-uda1341 (on arm only) | 1089 | Module snd-sa11xx-uda1341 (on arm only) |
1032 | --------------------------------------- | 1090 | --------------------------------------- |
@@ -1211,16 +1269,18 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
1211 | ------------------ | 1269 | ------------------ |
1212 | 1270 | ||
1213 | Module for AC'97 motherboards based on VIA 82C686A/686B, 8233, | 1271 | Module for AC'97 motherboards based on VIA 82C686A/686B, 8233, |
1214 | 8233A, 8233C, 8235 (south) bridge. | 1272 | 8233A, 8233C, 8235, 8237 (south) bridge. |
1215 | 1273 | ||
1216 | mpu_port - 0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330, otherwise obtain BIOS setup | 1274 | mpu_port - 0x300,0x310,0x320,0x330, otherwise obtain BIOS setup |
1217 | [VIA686A/686B only] | 1275 | [VIA686A/686B only] |
1218 | joystick - Enable joystick (default off) [VIA686A/686B only] | 1276 | joystick - Enable joystick (default off) [VIA686A/686B only] |
1219 | ac97_clock - AC'97 codec clock base (default 48000Hz) | 1277 | ac97_clock - AC'97 codec clock base (default 48000Hz) |
1220 | dxs_support - support DXS channels, | 1278 | dxs_support - support DXS channels, |
1221 | 0 = auto (defalut), 1 = enable, 2 = disable, | 1279 | 0 = auto (default), 1 = enable, 2 = disable, |
1222 | 3 = 48k only, 4 = no VRA | 1280 | 3 = 48k only, 4 = no VRA, 5 = enable any sample |
1223 | [VIA8233/C,8235 only] | 1281 | rate and different sample rates on different |
1282 | channels | ||
1283 | [VIA8233/C, 8235, 8237 only] | ||
1224 | ac97_quirk - AC'97 workaround for strange hardware | 1284 | ac97_quirk - AC'97 workaround for strange hardware |
1225 | See the description of intel8x0 module for details. | 1285 | See the description of intel8x0 module for details. |
1226 | 1286 | ||
@@ -1232,18 +1292,23 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
1232 | default value 1.4. Then the interrupt number will be | 1292 | default value 1.4. Then the interrupt number will be |
1233 | assigned under 15. You might also upgrade your BIOS. | 1293 | assigned under 15. You might also upgrade your BIOS. |
1234 | 1294 | ||
1235 | Note: VIA8233/5 (not VIA8233A) can support DXS (direct sound) | 1295 | Note: VIA8233/5/7 (not VIA8233A) can support DXS (direct sound) |
1236 | channels as the first PCM. On these channels, up to 4 | 1296 | channels as the first PCM. On these channels, up to 4 |
1237 | streams can be played at the same time. | 1297 | streams can be played at the same time, and the controller |
1298 | can perform sample rate conversion with separate rates for | ||
1299 | each channel. | ||
1238 | As default (dxs_support = 0), 48k fixed rate is chosen | 1300 | As default (dxs_support = 0), 48k fixed rate is chosen |
1239 | except for the known devices since the output is often | 1301 | except for the known devices since the output is often |
1240 | noisy except for 48k on some mother boards due to the | 1302 | noisy except for 48k on some mother boards due to the |
1241 | bug of BIOS. | 1303 | bug of BIOS. |
1242 | Please try once dxs_support=1 and if it works on other | 1304 | Please try once dxs_support=5 and if it works on other |
1243 | sample rates (e.g. 44.1kHz of mp3 playback), please let us | 1305 | sample rates (e.g. 44.1kHz of mp3 playback), please let us |
1244 | know the PCI subsystem vendor/device id's (output of | 1306 | know the PCI subsystem vendor/device id's (output of |
1245 | "lspci -nv"). | 1307 | "lspci -nv"). |
1246 | If it doesn't work, try dxs_support=4. If it still doesn't | 1308 | If dxs_support=5 does not work, try dxs_support=4; if it |
1309 | doesn't work too, try dxs_support=1. (dxs_support=1 is | ||
1310 | usually for old motherboards. The correct implementated | ||
1311 | board should work with 4 or 5.) If it still doesn't | ||
1247 | work and the default setting is ok, dxs_support=3 is the | 1312 | work and the default setting is ok, dxs_support=3 is the |
1248 | right choice. If the default setting doesn't work at all, | 1313 | right choice. If the default setting doesn't work at all, |
1249 | try dxs_support=2 to disable the DXS channels. | 1314 | try dxs_support=2 to disable the DXS channels. |
@@ -1497,6 +1562,36 @@ Proc interfaces (/proc/asound) | |||
1497 | echo "rvplayer 0 0 block" > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0p/oss | 1562 | echo "rvplayer 0 0 block" > /proc/asound/card0/pcm0p/oss |
1498 | 1563 | ||
1499 | 1564 | ||
1565 | Early Buffer Allocation | ||
1566 | ======================= | ||
1567 | |||
1568 | Some drivers (e.g. hdsp) require the large contiguous buffers, and | ||
1569 | sometimes it's too late to find such spaces when the driver module is | ||
1570 | actually loaded due to memory fragmentation. You can pre-allocate the | ||
1571 | PCM buffers by loading snd-page-alloc module and write commands to its | ||
1572 | proc file in prior, for example, in the early boot stage like | ||
1573 | /etc/init.d/*.local scripts. | ||
1574 | |||
1575 | Reading the proc file /proc/drivers/snd-page-alloc shows the current | ||
1576 | usage of page allocation. In writing, you can send the following | ||
1577 | commands to the snd-page-alloc driver: | ||
1578 | |||
1579 | - add VENDOR DEVICE MASK SIZE BUFFERS | ||
1580 | |||
1581 | VENDOR and DEVICE are PCI vendor and device IDs. They take | ||
1582 | integer numbers (0x prefix is needed for the hex). | ||
1583 | MASK is the PCI DMA mask. Pass 0 if not restricted. | ||
1584 | SIZE is the size of each buffer to allocate. You can pass | ||
1585 | k and m suffix for KB and MB. The max number is 16MB. | ||
1586 | BUFFERS is the number of buffers to allocate. It must be greater | ||
1587 | than 0. The max number is 4. | ||
1588 | |||
1589 | - erase | ||
1590 | |||
1591 | This will erase the all pre-allocated buffers which are not in | ||
1592 | use. | ||
1593 | |||
1594 | |||
1500 | Links | 1595 | Links |
1501 | ===== | 1596 | ===== |
1502 | 1597 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/CMIPCI.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/CMIPCI.txt index 4a7df771b806..1872e24442a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/CMIPCI.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/CMIPCI.txt | |||
@@ -89,19 +89,22 @@ and use the interleaved 4 channel data. | |||
89 | 89 | ||
90 | There are some control switchs affecting to the speaker connections: | 90 | There are some control switchs affecting to the speaker connections: |
91 | 91 | ||
92 | "Line-In As Rear" - As mentioned above, the line-in jack is used | 92 | "Line-In Mode" - an enum control to change the behavior of line-in |
93 | for the rear (3th and 4th channels) output. | 93 | jack. Either "Line-In", "Rear Output" or "Bass Output" can |
94 | "Line-In As Bass" - The line-in jack is used for the bass (5th | 94 | be selected. The last item is available only with model 039 |
95 | and 6th channels) output. | 95 | or newer. |
96 | "Mic As Center/LFE" - The mic jack is used for the bass output. | 96 | When "Rear Output" is chosen, the surround channels 3 and 4 |
97 | If this switch is on, you cannot use a microphone as a capture | 97 | are output to line-in jack. |
98 | source, of course. | 98 | "Mic-In Mode" - an enum control to change the behavior of mic-in |
99 | 99 | jack. Either "Mic-In" or "Center/LFE Output" can be | |
100 | selected. | ||
101 | When "Center/LFE Output" is chosen, the center and bass | ||
102 | channels (channels 5 and 6) are output to mic-in jack. | ||
100 | 103 | ||
101 | Digital I/O | 104 | Digital I/O |
102 | ----------- | 105 | ----------- |
103 | 106 | ||
104 | The CM8x38 provides the excellent SPDIF capability with very chip | 107 | The CM8x38 provides the excellent SPDIF capability with very cheap |
105 | price (yes, that's the reason I bought the card :) | 108 | price (yes, that's the reason I bought the card :) |
106 | 109 | ||
107 | The SPDIF playback and capture are done via the third PCM device | 110 | The SPDIF playback and capture are done via the third PCM device |
@@ -122,8 +125,9 @@ respectively, so you cannot playback both analog and digital streams | |||
122 | simultaneously. | 125 | simultaneously. |
123 | 126 | ||
124 | To enable SPDIF output, you need to turn on "IEC958 Output Switch" | 127 | To enable SPDIF output, you need to turn on "IEC958 Output Switch" |
125 | control via mixer or alsactl. Then you'll see the red light on from | 128 | control via mixer or alsactl ("IEC958" is the official name of |
126 | the card so you know that's working obviously :) | 129 | so-called S/PDIF). Then you'll see the red light on from the card so |
130 | you know that's working obviously :) | ||
127 | The SPDIF input is always enabled, so you can hear SPDIF input data | 131 | The SPDIF input is always enabled, so you can hear SPDIF input data |
128 | from line-out with "IEC958 In Monitor" switch at any time (see | 132 | from line-out with "IEC958 In Monitor" switch at any time (see |
129 | below). | 133 | below). |
@@ -205,9 +209,10 @@ In addition to the standard SB mixer, CM8x38 provides more functions. | |||
205 | MIDI CONTROLLER | 209 | MIDI CONTROLLER |
206 | --------------- | 210 | --------------- |
207 | 211 | ||
208 | The MPU401-UART interface is enabled as default only for the first | 212 | The MPU401-UART interface is disabled as default. You need to set |
209 | (CMIPCI) card. You need to set module option "midi_port" properly | 213 | module option "mpu_port" with a valid I/O port address to enable the |
210 | for the 2nd (CMIPCI) card. | 214 | MIDI support. The valid I/O ports are 0x300, 0x310, 0x320 and 0x330. |
215 | Choose the value which doesn't conflict with other cards. | ||
211 | 216 | ||
212 | There is _no_ hardware wavetable function on this chip (except for | 217 | There is _no_ hardware wavetable function on this chip (except for |
213 | OPL3 synth below). | 218 | OPL3 synth below). |
@@ -229,9 +234,11 @@ I don't know why.. | |||
229 | Joystick and Modem | 234 | Joystick and Modem |
230 | ------------------ | 235 | ------------------ |
231 | 236 | ||
232 | The joystick and modem should be available by enabling the control | 237 | The legacy joystick is supported. To enable the joystick support, pass |
233 | switch "Joystick" and "Modem" respectively. But I myself have never | 238 | joystick_port=1 module option. The value 1 means the auto-detection. |
234 | tested them yet. | 239 | If the auto-detection fails, try to pass the exact I/O address. |
240 | |||
241 | The modem is enabled dynamically via a card control switch "Modem". | ||
235 | 242 | ||
236 | 243 | ||
237 | Debugging Information | 244 | Debugging Information |
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl b/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl index e789475304b6..db0b7d2dc477 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl | |||
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ | |||
371 | <listitem><para>create <function>probe()</function> callback.</para></listitem> | 371 | <listitem><para>create <function>probe()</function> callback.</para></listitem> |
372 | <listitem><para>create <function>remove()</function> callback.</para></listitem> | 372 | <listitem><para>create <function>remove()</function> callback.</para></listitem> |
373 | <listitem><para>create pci_driver table which contains the three pointers above.</para></listitem> | 373 | <listitem><para>create pci_driver table which contains the three pointers above.</para></listitem> |
374 | <listitem><para>create <function>init()</function> function just calling <function>pci_module_init()</function> to register the pci_driver table defined above.</para></listitem> | 374 | <listitem><para>create <function>init()</function> function just calling <function>pci_register_driver()</function> to register the pci_driver table defined above.</para></listitem> |
375 | <listitem><para>create <function>exit()</function> function to call <function>pci_unregister_driver()</function> function.</para></listitem> | 375 | <listitem><para>create <function>exit()</function> function to call <function>pci_unregister_driver()</function> function.</para></listitem> |
376 | </itemizedlist> | 376 | </itemizedlist> |
377 | </para> | 377 | </para> |
@@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ | |||
1198 | /* initialization of the module */ | 1198 | /* initialization of the module */ |
1199 | static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(void) | 1199 | static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(void) |
1200 | { | 1200 | { |
1201 | return pci_module_init(&driver); | 1201 | return pci_register_driver(&driver); |
1202 | } | 1202 | } |
1203 | 1203 | ||
1204 | /* clean up the module */ | 1204 | /* clean up the module */ |
@@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ | |||
1654 | <![CDATA[ | 1654 | <![CDATA[ |
1655 | static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(void) | 1655 | static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(void) |
1656 | { | 1656 | { |
1657 | return pci_module_init(&driver); | 1657 | return pci_register_driver(&driver); |
1658 | } | 1658 | } |
1659 | 1659 | ||
1660 | static void __exit alsa_card_mychip_exit(void) | 1660 | static void __exit alsa_card_mychip_exit(void) |
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/emu10k1-jack.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/emu10k1-jack.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..751d45036a05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/emu10k1-jack.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ | |||
1 | This document is a guide to using the emu10k1 based devices with JACK for low | ||
2 | latency, multichannel recording functionality. All of my recent work to allow | ||
3 | Linux users to use the full capabilities of their hardware has been inspired | ||
4 | by the kX Project. Without their work I never would have discovered the true | ||
5 | power of this hardware. | ||
6 | |||
7 | http://www.kxproject.com | ||
8 | - Lee Revell, 2005.03.30 | ||
9 | |||
10 | Low latency, multichannel audio with JACK and the emu10k1/emu10k2 | ||
11 | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
12 | |||
13 | Until recently, emu10k1 users on Linux did not have access to the same low | ||
14 | latency, multichannel features offered by the "kX ASIO" feature of their | ||
15 | Windows driver. As of ALSA 1.0.9 this is no more! | ||
16 | |||
17 | For those unfamiliar with kX ASIO, this consists of 16 capture and 16 playback | ||
18 | channels. With a post 2.6.9 Linux kernel, latencies down to 64 (1.33 ms) or | ||
19 | even 32 (0.66ms) frames should work well. | ||
20 | |||
21 | The configuration is slightly more involved than on Windows, as you have to | ||
22 | select the correct device for JACK to use. Actually, for qjackctl users it's | ||
23 | fairly self explanatory - select Duplex, then for capture and playback select | ||
24 | the multichannel devices, set the in and out channels to 16, and the sample | ||
25 | rate to 48000Hz. The command line looks like this: | ||
26 | |||
27 | /usr/local/bin/jackd -R -dalsa -r48000 -p64 -n2 -D -Chw:0,2 -Phw:0,3 -S | ||
28 | |||
29 | This will give you 16 input ports and 16 output ports. | ||
30 | |||
31 | The 16 output ports map onto the 16 FX buses (or the first 16 of 64, for the | ||
32 | Audigy). The mapping from FX bus to physical output is described in | ||
33 | SB-Live-mixer.txt (or Audigy-mixer.txt). | ||
34 | |||
35 | The 16 input ports are connected to the 16 physical inputs. Contrary to | ||
36 | popular belief, all emu10k1 cards are multichannel cards. Which of these | ||
37 | input channels have physical inputs connected to them depends on the card | ||
38 | model. Trial and error is highly recommended; the pinout diagrams | ||
39 | for the card have been reverse engineered by some enterprising kX users and are | ||
40 | available on the internet. Meterbridge is helpful here, and the kX forums are | ||
41 | packed with useful information. | ||
42 | |||
43 | Each input port will either correspond to a digital (SPDIF) input, an analog | ||
44 | input, or nothing. The one exception is the SBLive! 5.1. On these devices, | ||
45 | the second and third input ports are wired to the center/LFE output. You will | ||
46 | still see 16 capture channels, but only 14 are available for recording inputs. | ||
47 | |||
48 | This chart, borrowed from kxfxlib/da_asio51.cpp, describes the mapping of JACK | ||
49 | ports to FXBUS2 (multitrack recording input) and EXTOUT (physical output) | ||
50 | channels. | ||
51 | |||
52 | /*JACK (& ASIO) mappings on 10k1 5.1 SBLive cards: | ||
53 | -------------------------------------------- | ||
54 | JACK Epilog FXBUS2(nr) | ||
55 | -------------------------------------------- | ||
56 | capture_1 asio14 FXBUS2(0xe) | ||
57 | capture_2 asio15 FXBUS2(0xf) | ||
58 | capture_3 asio0 FXBUS2(0x0) | ||
59 | ~capture_4 Center EXTOUT(0x11) // mapped to by Center | ||
60 | ~capture_5 LFE EXTOUT(0x12) // mapped to by LFE | ||
61 | capture_6 asio3 FXBUS2(0x3) | ||
62 | capture_7 asio4 FXBUS2(0x4) | ||
63 | capture_8 asio5 FXBUS2(0x5) | ||
64 | capture_9 asio6 FXBUS2(0x6) | ||
65 | capture_10 asio7 FXBUS2(0x7) | ||
66 | capture_11 asio8 FXBUS2(0x8) | ||
67 | capture_12 asio9 FXBUS2(0x9) | ||
68 | capture_13 asio10 FXBUS2(0xa) | ||
69 | capture_14 asio11 FXBUS2(0xb) | ||
70 | capture_15 asio12 FXBUS2(0xc) | ||
71 | capture_16 asio13 FXBUS2(0xd) | ||
72 | */ | ||
73 | |||
74 | TODO: describe use of ld10k1/qlo10k1 in conjunction with JACK | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/hdspm.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/hdspm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7a67ff71a9f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/hdspm.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ | |||
1 | Software Interface ALSA-DSP MADI Driver | ||
2 | |||
3 | (translated from German, so no good English ;-), | ||
4 | 2004 - winfried ritsch | ||
5 | |||
6 | |||
7 | |||
8 | Full functionality has been added to the driver. Since some of | ||
9 | the Controls and startup-options are ALSA-Standard and only the | ||
10 | special Controls are described and discussed below. | ||
11 | |||
12 | |||
13 | hardware functionality: | ||
14 | |||
15 | |||
16 | Audio transmission: | ||
17 | |||
18 | number of channels -- depends on transmission mode | ||
19 | |||
20 | The number of channels chosen is from 1..Nmax. The reason to | ||
21 | use for a lower number of channels is only resource allocation, | ||
22 | since unused DMA channels are disabled and less memory is | ||
23 | allocated. So also the throughput of the PCI system can be | ||
24 | scaled. (Only important for low performance boards). | ||
25 | |||
26 | Single Speed -- 1..64 channels | ||
27 | |||
28 | (Note: Choosing the 56channel mode for transmission or as | ||
29 | receiver, only 56 are transmitted/received over the MADI, but | ||
30 | all 64 channels are available for the mixer, so channel count | ||
31 | for the driver) | ||
32 | |||
33 | Double Speed -- 1..32 channels | ||
34 | |||
35 | Note: Choosing the 56-channel mode for | ||
36 | transmission/receive-mode , only 28 are transmitted/received | ||
37 | over the MADI, but all 32 channels are available for the mixer, | ||
38 | so channel count for the driver | ||
39 | |||
40 | |||
41 | Quad Speed -- 1..16 channels | ||
42 | |||
43 | Note: Choosing the 56-channel mode for | ||
44 | transmission/receive-mode , only 14 are transmitted/received | ||
45 | over the MADI, but all 16 channels are available for the mixer, | ||
46 | so channel count for the driver | ||
47 | |||
48 | Format -- signed 32 Bit Little Endian (SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S32_LE) | ||
49 | |||
50 | Sample Rates -- | ||
51 | |||
52 | Single Speed -- 32000, 44100, 48000 | ||
53 | |||
54 | Double Speed -- 64000, 88200, 96000 (untested) | ||
55 | |||
56 | Quad Speed -- 128000, 176400, 192000 (untested) | ||
57 | |||
58 | access-mode -- MMAP (memory mapped), Not interleaved | ||
59 | (PCM_NON-INTERLEAVED) | ||
60 | |||
61 | buffer-sizes -- 64,128,256,512,1024,2048,8192 Samples | ||
62 | |||
63 | fragments -- 2 | ||
64 | |||
65 | Hardware-pointer -- 2 Modi | ||
66 | |||
67 | |||
68 | The Card supports the readout of the actual Buffer-pointer, | ||
69 | where DMA reads/writes. Since of the bulk mode of PCI it is only | ||
70 | 64 Byte accurate. SO it is not really usable for the | ||
71 | ALSA-mid-level functions (here the buffer-ID gives a better | ||
72 | result), but if MMAP is used by the application. Therefore it | ||
73 | can be configured at load-time with the parameter | ||
74 | precise-pointer. | ||
75 | |||
76 | |||
77 | (Hint: Experimenting I found that the pointer is maximum 64 to | ||
78 | large never to small. So if you subtract 64 you always have a | ||
79 | safe pointer for writing, which is used on this mode inside | ||
80 | ALSA. In theory now you can get now a latency as low as 16 | ||
81 | Samples, which is a quarter of the interrupt possibilities.) | ||
82 | |||
83 | Precise Pointer -- off | ||
84 | interrupt used for pointer-calculation | ||
85 | |||
86 | Precise Pointer -- on | ||
87 | hardware pointer used. | ||
88 | |||
89 | Controller: | ||
90 | |||
91 | |||
92 | Since DSP-MADI-Mixer has 8152 Fader, it does not make sense to | ||
93 | use the standard mixer-controls, since this would break most of | ||
94 | (especially graphic) ALSA-Mixer GUIs. So Mixer control has be | ||
95 | provided by a 2-dimensional controller using the | ||
96 | hwdep-interface. | ||
97 | |||
98 | Also all 128+256 Peak and RMS-Meter can be accessed via the | ||
99 | hwdep-interface. Since it could be a performance problem always | ||
100 | copying and converting Peak and RMS-Levels even if you just need | ||
101 | one, I decided to export the hardware structure, so that of | ||
102 | needed some driver-guru can implement a memory-mapping of mixer | ||
103 | or peak-meters over ioctl, or also to do only copying and no | ||
104 | conversion. A test-application shows the usage of the controller. | ||
105 | |||
106 | Latency Controls --- not implemented !!! | ||
107 | |||
108 | |||
109 | Note: Within the windows-driver the latency is accessible of a | ||
110 | control-panel, but buffer-sizes are controlled with ALSA from | ||
111 | hwparams-calls and should not be changed in run-state, I did not | ||
112 | implement it here. | ||
113 | |||
114 | |||
115 | System Clock -- suspended !!!! | ||
116 | |||
117 | Name -- "System Clock Mode" | ||
118 | |||
119 | Access -- Read Write | ||
120 | |||
121 | Values -- "Master" "Slave" | ||
122 | |||
123 | |||
124 | !!!! This is a hardware-function but is in conflict with the | ||
125 | Clock-source controller, which is a kind of ALSA-standard. I | ||
126 | makes sense to set the card to a special mode (master at some | ||
127 | frequency or slave), since even not using an Audio-application | ||
128 | a studio should have working synchronisations setup. So use | ||
129 | Clock-source-controller instead !!!! | ||
130 | |||
131 | Clock Source | ||
132 | |||
133 | Name -- "Sample Clock Source" | ||
134 | |||
135 | Access -- Read Write | ||
136 | |||
137 | Values -- "AutoSync", "Internal 32.0 kHz", "Internal 44.1 kHz", | ||
138 | "Internal 48.0 kHz", "Internal 64.0 kHz", "Internal 88.2 kHz", | ||
139 | "Internal 96.0 kHz" | ||
140 | |||
141 | Choose between Master at a specific Frequency and so also the | ||
142 | Speed-mode or Slave (Autosync). Also see "Preferred Sync Ref" | ||
143 | |||
144 | |||
145 | !!!! This is no pure hardware function but was implemented by | ||
146 | ALSA by some ALSA-drivers before, so I use it also. !!! | ||
147 | |||
148 | |||
149 | Preferred Sync Ref | ||
150 | |||
151 | Name -- "Preferred Sync Reference" | ||
152 | |||
153 | Access -- Read Write | ||
154 | |||
155 | Values -- "Word" "MADI" | ||
156 | |||
157 | |||
158 | Within the Auto-sync-Mode the preferred Sync Source can be | ||
159 | chosen. If it is not available another is used if possible. | ||
160 | |||
161 | Note: Since MADI has a much higher bit-rate than word-clock, the | ||
162 | card should synchronise better in MADI Mode. But since the | ||
163 | RME-PLL is very good, there are almost no problems with | ||
164 | word-clock too. I never found a difference. | ||
165 | |||
166 | |||
167 | TX 64 channel --- | ||
168 | |||
169 | Name -- "TX 64 channels mode" | ||
170 | |||
171 | Access -- Read Write | ||
172 | |||
173 | Values -- 0 1 | ||
174 | |||
175 | Using 64-channel-modus (1) or 56-channel-modus for | ||
176 | MADI-transmission (0). | ||
177 | |||
178 | |||
179 | Note: This control is for output only. Input-mode is detected | ||
180 | automatically from hardware sending MADI. | ||
181 | |||
182 | |||
183 | Clear TMS --- | ||
184 | |||
185 | Name -- "Clear Track Marker" | ||
186 | |||
187 | Access -- Read Write | ||
188 | |||
189 | Values -- 0 1 | ||
190 | |||
191 | |||
192 | Don't use to lower 5 Audio-bits on AES as additional Bits. | ||
193 | |||
194 | |||
195 | Safe Mode oder Auto Input --- | ||
196 | |||
197 | Name -- "Safe Mode" | ||
198 | |||
199 | Access -- Read Write | ||
200 | |||
201 | Values -- 0 1 | ||
202 | |||
203 | (default on) | ||
204 | |||
205 | If on (1), then if either the optical or coaxial connection | ||
206 | has a failure, there is a takeover to the working one, with no | ||
207 | sample failure. Its only useful if you use the second as a | ||
208 | backup connection. | ||
209 | |||
210 | Input --- | ||
211 | |||
212 | Name -- "Input Select" | ||
213 | |||
214 | Access -- Read Write | ||
215 | |||
216 | Values -- optical coaxial | ||
217 | |||
218 | |||
219 | Choosing the Input, optical or coaxial. If Safe-mode is active, | ||
220 | this is the preferred Input. | ||
221 | |||
222 | -------------- Mixer ---------------------- | ||
223 | |||
224 | Mixer | ||
225 | |||
226 | Name -- "Mixer" | ||
227 | |||
228 | Access -- Read Write | ||
229 | |||
230 | Values - <channel-number 0-127> <Value 0-65535> | ||
231 | |||
232 | |||
233 | Here as a first value the channel-index is taken to get/set the | ||
234 | corresponding mixer channel, where 0-63 are the input to output | ||
235 | fader and 64-127 the playback to outputs fader. Value 0 | ||
236 | is channel muted 0 and 32768 an amplification of 1. | ||
237 | |||
238 | Chn 1-64 | ||
239 | |||
240 | fast mixer for the ALSA-mixer utils. The diagonal of the | ||
241 | mixer-matrix is implemented from playback to output. | ||
242 | |||
243 | |||
244 | Line Out | ||
245 | |||
246 | Name -- "Line Out" | ||
247 | |||
248 | Access -- Read Write | ||
249 | |||
250 | Values -- 0 1 | ||
251 | |||
252 | Switching on and off the analog out, which has nothing to do | ||
253 | with mixing or routing. the analog outs reflects channel 63,64. | ||
254 | |||
255 | |||
256 | --- information (only read access): | ||
257 | |||
258 | Sample Rate | ||
259 | |||
260 | Name -- "System Sample Rate" | ||
261 | |||
262 | Access -- Read-only | ||
263 | |||
264 | getting the sample rate. | ||
265 | |||
266 | |||
267 | External Rate measured | ||
268 | |||
269 | Name -- "External Rate" | ||
270 | |||
271 | Access -- Read only | ||
272 | |||
273 | |||
274 | Should be "Autosync Rate", but Name used is | ||
275 | ALSA-Scheme. External Sample frequency liked used on Autosync is | ||
276 | reported. | ||
277 | |||
278 | |||
279 | MADI Sync Status | ||
280 | |||
281 | Name -- "MADI Sync Lock Status" | ||
282 | |||
283 | Access -- Read | ||
284 | |||
285 | Values -- 0,1,2 | ||
286 | |||
287 | MADI-Input is 0=Unlocked, 1=Locked, or 2=Synced. | ||
288 | |||
289 | |||
290 | Word Clock Sync Status | ||
291 | |||
292 | Name -- "Word Clock Lock Status" | ||
293 | |||
294 | Access -- Read | ||
295 | |||
296 | Values -- 0,1,2 | ||
297 | |||
298 | Word Clock Input is 0=Unlocked, 1=Locked, or 2=Synced. | ||
299 | |||
300 | AutoSync | ||
301 | |||
302 | Name -- "AutoSync Reference" | ||
303 | |||
304 | Access -- Read | ||
305 | |||
306 | Values -- "WordClock", "MADI", "None" | ||
307 | |||
308 | Sync-Reference is either "WordClock", "MADI" or none. | ||
309 | |||
310 | RX 64ch --- noch nicht implementiert | ||
311 | |||
312 | MADI-Receiver is in 64 channel mode oder 56 channel mode. | ||
313 | |||
314 | |||
315 | AB_inp --- not tested | ||
316 | |||
317 | Used input for Auto-Input. | ||
318 | |||
319 | |||
320 | actual Buffer Position --- not implemented | ||
321 | |||
322 | !!! this is a ALSA internal function, so no control is used !!! | ||
323 | |||
324 | |||
325 | |||
326 | Calling Parameter: | ||
327 | |||
328 | index int array (min = 1, max = 8), | ||
329 | "Index value for RME HDSPM interface." card-index within ALSA | ||
330 | |||
331 | note: ALSA-standard | ||
332 | |||
333 | id string array (min = 1, max = 8), | ||
334 | "ID string for RME HDSPM interface." | ||
335 | |||
336 | note: ALSA-standard | ||
337 | |||
338 | enable int array (min = 1, max = 8), | ||
339 | "Enable/disable specific HDSPM sound-cards." | ||
340 | |||
341 | note: ALSA-standard | ||
342 | |||
343 | precise_ptr int array (min = 1, max = 8), | ||
344 | "Enable precise pointer, or disable." | ||
345 | |||
346 | note: Use only when the application supports this (which is a special case). | ||
347 | |||
348 | line_outs_monitor int array (min = 1, max = 8), | ||
349 | "Send playback streams to analog outs by default." | ||
350 | |||
351 | |||
352 | note: each playback channel is mixed to the same numbered output | ||
353 | channel (routed). This is against the ALSA-convention, where all | ||
354 | channels have to be muted on after loading the driver, but was | ||
355 | used before on other cards, so i historically use it again) | ||
356 | |||
357 | |||
358 | |||
359 | enable_monitor int array (min = 1, max = 8), | ||
360 | "Enable Analog Out on Channel 63/64 by default." | ||
361 | |||
362 | note: here the analog output is enabled (but not routed). \ No newline at end of file | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/w1/w1.generic b/Documentation/w1/w1.generic index eace3046a858..f937fbe1cacb 100644 --- a/Documentation/w1/w1.generic +++ b/Documentation/w1/w1.generic | |||
@@ -1,19 +1,92 @@ | |||
1 | Any w1 device must be connected to w1 bus master device - for example | 1 | The 1-wire (w1) subsystem |
2 | ds9490 usb device or w1-over-GPIO or RS232 converter. | 2 | ------------------------------------------------------------------ |
3 | Driver for w1 bus master must provide several functions(you can find | 3 | The 1-wire bus is a simple master-slave bus that communicates via a single |
4 | them in struct w1_bus_master definition in w1.h) which then will be | 4 | signal wire (plus ground, so two wires). |
5 | called by w1 core to send various commands over w1 bus(by default it is | 5 | |
6 | reset and search commands). When some device is found on the bus, w1 core | 6 | Devices communicate on the bus by pulling the signal to ground via an open |
7 | checks if driver for it's family is loaded. | 7 | drain output and by sampling the logic level of the signal line. |
8 | If driver is loaded w1 core creates new w1_slave object and registers it | 8 | |
9 | in the system(creates some generic sysfs files(struct w1_family_ops in | 9 | The w1 subsystem provides the framework for managing w1 masters and |
10 | w1_family.h), notifies any registered listener and so on...). | 10 | communication with slaves. |
11 | It is device driver's business to provide any communication method | 11 | |
12 | upstream. | 12 | All w1 slave devices must be connected to a w1 bus master device. |
13 | For example w1_therm driver(ds18?20 thermal sensor family driver) | 13 | |
14 | provides temperature reading function which is bound to ->rbin() method | 14 | Example w1 master devices: |
15 | of the above w1_family_ops structure. | 15 | DS9490 usb device |
16 | w1_smem - driver for simple 64bit memory cell provides ID reading | 16 | W1-over-GPIO |
17 | method. | 17 | DS2482 (i2c to w1 bridge) |
18 | Emulated devices, such as a RS232 converter, parallel port adapter, etc | ||
19 | |||
20 | |||
21 | What does the w1 subsystem do? | ||
22 | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
23 | When a w1 master driver registers with the w1 subsystem, the following occurs: | ||
24 | |||
25 | - sysfs entries for that w1 master are created | ||
26 | - the w1 bus is periodically searched for new slave devices | ||
27 | |||
28 | When a device is found on the bus, w1 core checks if driver for it's family is | ||
29 | loaded. If so, the family driver is attached to the slave. | ||
30 | If there is no driver for the family, a simple sysfs entry is created | ||
31 | for the slave device. | ||
32 | |||
33 | |||
34 | W1 device families | ||
35 | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
36 | Slave devices are handled by a driver written for a family of w1 devices. | ||
37 | |||
38 | A family driver populates a struct w1_family_ops (see w1_family.h) and | ||
39 | registers with the w1 subsystem. | ||
40 | |||
41 | Current family drivers: | ||
42 | w1_therm - (ds18?20 thermal sensor family driver) | ||
43 | provides temperature reading function which is bound to ->rbin() method | ||
44 | of the above w1_family_ops structure. | ||
45 | |||
46 | w1_smem - driver for simple 64bit memory cell provides ID reading method. | ||
18 | 47 | ||
19 | You can call above methods by reading appropriate sysfs files. | 48 | You can call above methods by reading appropriate sysfs files. |
49 | |||
50 | |||
51 | What does a w1 master driver need to implement? | ||
52 | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
53 | |||
54 | The driver for w1 bus master must provide at minimum two functions. | ||
55 | |||
56 | Emulated devices must provide the ability to set the output signal level | ||
57 | (write_bit) and sample the signal level (read_bit). | ||
58 | |||
59 | Devices that support the 1-wire natively must provide the ability to write and | ||
60 | sample a bit (touch_bit) and reset the bus (reset_bus). | ||
61 | |||
62 | Most hardware provides higher-level functions that offload w1 handling. | ||
63 | See struct w1_bus_master definition in w1.h for details. | ||
64 | |||
65 | |||
66 | w1 master sysfs interface | ||
67 | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
68 | <xx-xxxxxxxxxxxxx> - a directory for a found device. The format is family-serial | ||
69 | bus - (standard) symlink to the w1 bus | ||
70 | driver - (standard) symlink to the w1 driver | ||
71 | w1_master_attempts - the number of times a search was attempted | ||
72 | w1_master_max_slave_count | ||
73 | - the maximum slaves that may be attached to a master | ||
74 | w1_master_name - the name of the device (w1_bus_masterX) | ||
75 | w1_master_search - the number of searches left to do, -1=continual (default) | ||
76 | w1_master_slave_count | ||
77 | - the number of slaves found | ||
78 | w1_master_slaves - the names of the slaves, one per line | ||
79 | w1_master_timeout - the delay in seconds between searches | ||
80 | |||
81 | If you have a w1 bus that never changes (you don't add or remove devices), | ||
82 | you can set w1_master_search to a positive value to disable searches. | ||
83 | |||
84 | |||
85 | w1 slave sysfs interface | ||
86 | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
87 | bus - (standard) symlink to the w1 bus | ||
88 | driver - (standard) symlink to the w1 driver | ||
89 | name - the device name, usually the same as the directory name | ||
90 | w1_slave - (optional) a binary file whose meaning depends on the | ||
91 | family driver | ||
92 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt b/Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt index 44b6eea60ece..b9e6be00cadf 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt | |||
@@ -25,6 +25,9 @@ APICs | |||
25 | 25 | ||
26 | noapictimer Don't set up the APIC timer | 26 | noapictimer Don't set up the APIC timer |
27 | 27 | ||
28 | no_timer_check Don't check the IO-APIC timer. This can work around | ||
29 | problems with incorrect timer initialization on some boards. | ||
30 | |||
28 | Early Console | 31 | Early Console |
29 | 32 | ||
30 | syntax: earlyprintk=vga | 33 | syntax: earlyprintk=vga |